5700a Smeng0000

®
5700A/5720AMulti-Function
Series II
Calibrator
Service Manual
November 2007
©2007 Fluke Corporation, All rights reserved.
All product names are trademarks of their respective companies.
LIMITED WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
Each Fluke product is warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship
under normal use and service. The warranty period is one year and begins on the date
of shipment. Parts, product repairs and services are warranted for 90 days. This
warranty extends only to the original buyer or end-user customer of a Fluke authorized
reseller, and does not apply to fuses, disposable batteries or to any product which, in
Fluke's opinion, has been misused, altered, neglected or damaged by accident or
abnormal conditions of operation or handling. Fluke warrants that software will operate
substantially in accordance with its functional specifications for 90 days and that it has
been properly recorded on non-defective media. Fluke does not warrant that software
will be error free or operate without interruption.
Fluke authorized resellers shall extend this warranty on new and unused products to
end-user customers only but have no authority to extend a greater or different warranty
on behalf of Fluke. Warranty support is available if product is purchased through a Fluke
authorized sales outlet or Buyer has paid the applicable international price. Fluke
reserves the right to invoice Buyer for importation costs of repair/replacement parts
when product purchased in one country is submitted for repair in another country.
Fluke's warranty obligation is limited, at Fluke's option, to refund of the purchase price,
free of charge repair, or replacement of a defective product which is returned to a Fluke
authorized service center within the warranty period.
To obtain warranty service, contact your nearest Fluke authorized service center or send
the product, with a description of the difficulty, postage and insurance prepaid (FOB
Destination), to the nearest Fluke authorized service center. Fluke assumes no risk for
damage in transit. Following warranty repair, the product will be returned to Buyer,
transportation prepaid (FOB Destination). If Fluke determines that the failure was
caused by misuse, alteration, accident or abnormal condition of operation or handling,
Fluke will provide an estimate of repair costs and obtain authorization before
commencing the work. Following repair, the product will be returned to the Buyer
transportation prepaid and the Buyer will be billed for the repair and return transportation
charges (FOB Shipping Point).
THIS WARRANTY IS BUYER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN LIEU OF

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. FLUKE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, INCLUDING
LOSS OF DATA, WHETHER ARISING FROM BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BASED
ON CONTRACT, TORT, RELIANCE OR ANY OTHER THEORY.
Since some countries or states do not allow limitation of the term of an implied warranty,
or exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, the limitations and
exclusions of this warranty may not apply to every buyer. If any provision of this
Warranty is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such
holding will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.
Fluke Corporation Fluke Europe B.V.

P.O. Box 9090 P.O. Box 1186
Everett, WA 98206-9090 5602 BD Eindhoven
U.S.A. The Netherlands
5/94
Table of Contents
Chapter Title Page
1 Introduction and Specifications......................................................... 1-1

1-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 1-3
1-2. Contacting Fluke................................................................................... 1-4
1-3. About this Manual ................................................................................ 1-4
1-4. How to Use this Manual ....................................................................... 1-4
1-5. Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) ............................ 1-5
1-6. Auxiliary Amplifiers............................................................................. 1-6
1-7. 5725A Amplifier .............................................................................. 1-6
1-8. Support Equipment and Services .......................................................... 1-6
1-9. 732B Direct Voltage Reference Standard ........................................ 1-7
1-10. 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program (U.S.A. Only) ........... 1-7
1-11. 742A Series Resistance Standards.................................................... 1-7
1-12. Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) Calibration Support ..... 1-7
1-13. Service Centers................................................................................. 1-8
1-14. The Components of the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator ................. 1-8
1-15. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator ............................... 1-9
1-16. The Calibration Process.................................................................... 1-10
1-17. Establishing Traceability .................................................................. 1-10
1-18. Calibration Reports........................................................................... 1-11
1-19. Calibration Check ................................................................................. 1-11
1-20. Developing a Performance History....................................................... 1-11
1-21. Range Calibration ................................................................................. 1-12
1-22. DC Zeros Calibration............................................................................ 1-12
1-23. Specifications........................................................................................ 1-12
1-24. Specification Confidence Levels ...................................................... 1-12
1-25. Using Absolute and Relative Uncertainty Specifications................. 1-12
1-26. Using Secondary Performance Specifications.................................. 1-13
1-27. General Specifications .......................................................................... 1-14
1-28. Electrical Specifications ....................................................................... 1-15
1-29. DC Voltage Specifications ............................................................... 1-15
1-30. AC Voltage Specifications ............................................................... 1-18
1-31. Resistance Specifications ................................................................. 1-29
1-32. DC Current Specifications................................................................ 1-33
1-33. AC Current Specifications................................................................ 1-36
i
5700A/5720A Series II
Service Manual
1-34. Wideband AC Voltage (Option 5700-03) Specifications................. 1-41

1-35. Auxiliary Amplifier Specifications .................................................. 1-42
2 Theory of Operation ............................................................................ 2-1

2-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 2-2
2-2. Calibrator Overview ............................................................................. 2-2
2-3. Internal References........................................................................... 2-2
2-4. Hybrid Reference Amplifiers ....................................................... 2-2
2-5. Fluke Thermal Sensor (FTS)........................................................ 2-2
2-6. Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). ........................................... 2-3
2-7. Digital Section Overview...................................................................... 2-3
2-8. Analog Section Overview..................................................................... 2-3
2-9. Functional Description Presented by Output Function......................... 2-5
2-10. DC Voltage Functional Description ................................................. 2-6
2-11. AC Voltage Functional Description ................................................. 2-9
2-12. Wideband AC V Functional Description (Option -03) .................... 2-10
2-13. DC Current Functional Description.................................................. 2-10
2-14. AC Current Functional Description.................................................. 2-10
2-15. Ohms Functional Description........................................................... 2-11
3 Calibration and Verification................................................................ 3-1

3-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 3-3
3-2. Calibration ............................................................................................ 3-4
3-3. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards ............. 3-4
3-4. Calibration Requirements ................................................................. 3-4
3-5. When to Adjust the Calibrator’s Uncertainty Specifications ........... 3-5
3-6. Calibration Procedure....................................................................... 3-6
3-8. Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) ................. 3-15
3-9. Performing a Calibration Check ........................................................... 3-18
3-10. Full Verification.................................................................................... 3-20
3-11. Required Equipment for All Tests.................................................... 3-21
3-12. Warm-up Procedure for All Verification Tests ................................ 3-21
3-13. Resistance Verification Test............................................................. 3-23
3-14. Two-Wire Compensation Verification ............................................. 3-25
3-15. DC Voltage Verification Test........................................................... 3-26
3-16. DC Voltage One-Tenth Scale Linearity Test ................................... 3-27
3-17. Direct Current Accuracy Verification Test ...................................... 3-28
3-18. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test............................................. 3-29
3-19. Output Level Tests For AC V Ranges.............................................. 3-29
3-20. AC Current Test, 22 mA to 11A Ranges.......................................... 3-31
3-21. AC Current Test, 2 mA and 200 μA Ranges.................................... 3-34
3-22. Rationale for Using Metal-Film Resistors to Measure AC Current . 3-35
3-23. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Test................................................ 3-36
3-24. Wideband AC Voltage Module Output Verification........................ 3-36
3-25. Wideband Output Accuracy at 1 kHz Test ........................................... 3-37
3-26. Wideband Output Flatness Test ............................................................ 3-38
3-27. Wideband Flatness Calibration Procedure ....................................... 3-39
3-28. Optional Tests ....................................................................................... 3-40
3-29. DC Voltage Load Regulation Test ................................................... 3-40
3-30. DC Voltage Linearity Test ............................................................... 3-41
3-31. DC Voltage Output Noise (10 Hz to 10 kHz) Test........................... 3-41
3-32. DC Voltage Output Noise (0.1 to 10 Hz) Test ................................. 3-43
ii
Contents (continued)
3-33. AC Voltage Distortion Test.............................................................. 3-43

3-34. Wideband Distortion Testing ........................................................... 3-43
3-35. AC Voltage Overshoot Test ............................................................. 3-44
3-36. Minimum Use Requirements ................................................................ 3-44
3-37. Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals ..................... 3-46
4 Maintenance......................................................................................... 4-1
4-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 4-3
4-2. Accessing the Fuse................................................................................ 4-3
4-3. Cleaning the Air Filter .......................................................................... 4-3
4-4. General Cleaning .................................................................................. 4-4
4-5. Cleaning PCA's ..................................................................................... 4-5
4-6. Access Procedures ................................................................................ 4-5
4-7. Top and Bottom Covers.................................................................... 4-5
4-8. Digital Section Cover ....................................................................... 4-5
4-9. Analog Section Covers ..................................................................... 4-5
4-10. Rear Panel Removal and Installation................................................ 4-5
4-11. Rear Panel Assembly Access ........................................................... 4-6
4-12. Front Panel Removal and Installation .............................................. 4-6
4-13. Display Assembly Removal and Installation ............................... 4-7
4-14. Keyboard Assembly Removal and Installation ............................ 4-7
4-15. Analog Assembly Removal and Installation .................................... 4-8
4-16. Digital Assembly Removal and Installation ..................................... 4-10
4-17. Power Transformer Removal and Installation.................................. 4-10
4-18. Hybrid Cover Removal..................................................................... 4-10
4-19. Front/Rear Binding Post Reconfiguration ............................................ 4-10
4-20. Installing a Wideband AC Module (Option -03) .................................. 4-12
4-21. Clearing Ghost Images from the Control Display ................................ 4-12
4-22. Replacing the Clock/Calendar Backup Battery .................................... 4-12
4-23. Using Remote Commands Reserved for Servicing............................... 4-13
4-24. Using the ETIME Command............................................................ 4-13
4-25. Fault Codes ........................................................................................... 4-15
5 List of Replaceable Parts.................................................................... 5-1

5-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 5-3
5-2. How to Obtain Parts.............................................................................. 5-3
5-3. Service Centers ..................................................................................... 5-3
5-4. Parts List ............................................................................................... 5-3
iii
Service Manual
iv
List of Tables
Table Title Page
1-1. Auxiliary Amplifier Data ....................................................................................... 1-6

3-1. Standards for Calibrating 5700A/5720A Series II ................................................. 3-5
3-2. List of Required Equipment for Main Output ........................................................ 3-22
3-3. Equipment Required for Resistance Testing .......................................................... 3-23
3-4. Low Value Resistance Calibration Using a Current Source .................................. 3-25
3-5. Equipment Required for DC Voltage Testing........................................................ 3-26
3-6. Equipment Required for Direct Current Test ......................................................... 3-28
3-7. Equipment Required for AC V Output Level Tests ............................................... 3-29
3-8. 5790A Adjustment Counts ..................................................................................... 3-31
3-9. Equipment Required for 22 mA to 11A Alternating Current Test Using the
5790A Input 1 ........................................................................................................ 3-31
3-10. Equipment Required for Alternating Current Accuracy Test for the 2 mA and
200 uA Ranges ....................................................................................................... 3-34
3-11. Equipment Required for Testing and Calibrating the Wideband Option ............... 3-37
3-12. Wideband Adjustment Tolerance........................................................................... 3-38
3-13. Equipment Required For DC V Optional Tests ..................................................... 3-40
3-14. Equipment Required for Distortion Test ................................................................ 3-43
3-15. Minimum Use Requirements.................................................................................. 3-45
3-16. 5720A Resistance Test Record .............................................................................. 3-48
3-17. 5700A Resistance Test Record .............................................................................. 3-50
3-18. DC Voltage Test Record for 5720A....................................................................... 3-52
3-19. DC Voltage Test Record for 5700A....................................................................... 3-53
3-20. Direct Current Accuracy Test Record (5720A) ..................................................... 3-54
3-21. Direct Current Accuracy Test Record (5700A) ..................................................... 3-55
3-22. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test Record ...................................................... 3-55
3-23. 5720A AC Voltage Output Test Record ................................................................ 3-56
3-24. 5700A AC Voltage Output Test Record ................................................................ 3-58
3-25. AC Voltage 2 mV Range Test Record ................................................................... 3-59
3-26. 5720A AC Current 20 mA to 10A Accuracy Test Record..................................... 3-60
3-27. 5700A AC Current 20 mA to 10A Accuracy Test Record..................................... 3-61
3-28. 5720A AC Current 2 mA and 200 mA Accuracy Test Record.............................. 3-62
3-29. 5700A AC Current 2 mA and 200μA Accuracy Test Record................................ 3-62
3-30. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Testi Record........................................................ 3-63
v
Service Manual
3-31. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Record ............................................................ 3-64

3-32. Wideband Flatness Test Record ............................................................................. 3-64
3-33. Wideband Absolute Error 10 Hz to 500 kHz ......................................................... 3-66
3-34. Load Regulation Test Record................................................................................. 3-67
3-35. DC Voltage Linearity Test Record........................................................................ 3-67
3-36. DC Voltage Output Noise Test .............................................................................. 3-67
3-37. AC V Distortion Test Summary............................................................................. 3-68
3-38. Test Record for Flatness Check of the AC 2 mV Range........................................ 3-68
5-1. Front Panel Final Assembly ................................................................................... 5-4
vi
List of Figures
Figure Title Page
1-1. Time and Costs: Calibrator Calibration.................................................................. 1-10

2-1. Digital Section Block Diagram .............................................................................. 2-4
2-2. Analog Section Block Diagram, Part ..................................................................... 2-7
2-3. Analog Section Block Diagram, Part ..................................................................... 2-8
3-1. 732B External Calibration Connections................................................................. 3-7
3-2. 742A-1 and 742A-10k External Calibration Connections ..................................... 3-10
3-3. 220V DC Range Calibration Connections ............................................................. 3-15
3-4. Wideband Module Calibration Connection............................................................ 3-17
3-5. Overview of Verification Tests .............................................................................. 3-20
3-6. 1 Ohm and 10 Ohm Resistor Verification.............................................................. 3-24
3-7. Direct Current Accuracy Test Setup ...................................................................... 3-28
3-8. 1 MHz Low Pass Filter........................................................................................... 3-29
3-9. AC Voltage Test Setup........................................................................................... 3-30
3-10. Alternating Current Test Setup .............................................................................. 3-33
3-11. Alternating Current Test Setup2 mA and 200 μA.................................................. 3-34
3-12. Metal Film Resistor Equivalent Circuit.................................................................. 3-35
3-13. Metal Film Resistor in Test Circuit........................................................................ 3-35
3-14. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Setup............................................................... 3-37
3-15. Wideband Flatness Test Setup ............................................................................... 3-38
3-16. DC Voltage Linearity Test ..................................................................................... 3-41
3-17. DC Voltage Output Noise Test Setup .................................................................... 3-42
3-18. Determining Other Test Limits .............................................................................. 3-47
4-1. Accessing the Fuse ................................................................................................. 4-3
4-2. Air Filter................................................................................................................. 4-4
4-3. Rear Panel Removal ............................................................................................... 4-5
4-4. Rear Panel Assembly Access ................................................................................. 4-6
4-5. Front Panel Removal.............................................................................................. 4-7
4-6. Analog and Digital Assemblies.............................................................................. 4-9
5-1. Front Panel Final Assembly ................................................................................... 5-5
5-2. Chassis Final Assembly ......................................................................................... 5-7
5-3. Rear Panel Final Assembly ................................................................................... 5-10
vii
Service Manual
viii
Interference Information
This equipment generates and uses radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in strict
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, may cause interference to radio and television
reception. It has been type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B computing
device in accordance with the specifications of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful interference.
• This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
There is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of more of
the following measures:
• Reorient the receiving antenna
• Relocate the equipment with respect to the receiver
• Move the equipment away from the receiver
• Plug the equipment into a different outlet so that the computer and receiver are on different
branch circuits
If necessary, the user should consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for
additional suggestions. The user may find the following booklet prepared by the Federal
Communications Commission helpful: How to Identify and Resolve Radio-TV Interference
Problems. This booklet is available from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
20402. Stock No. 004-000-00345-4.
Declaration of the Manufacturer or Importer

We hereby certify that the Fluke Model 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator is in compliance with
BMPT Vfg 243/1991 and is RFI suppressed. The normal operation of some equipment (e.g.
signal generators) may be subject to specific restrictions. Please observe the notices in the users
manual. The marketing and sales of the equipment was reported to the Central Office for
Telecommunication Permits (BZT). The right to retest this equipment to verify compliance with
the regulation was given to the BZT.
Bescheinigung des Herstellers/Importeurs

Hiermit wird bescheinigt, daβ Fluke Models 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator in Übereinstimung
mit den Bestimmungen der BMPT-AmtsblVfg 243/1991 funk-entstört ist. Der vorschriftsmäßige
Betrieb mancher Geräte (z.B. Meßsender) kann allerdings gewissen Einschränkungen
unterliegen. Beachten Sie deshalb die Hinweise in der Bedienungsanleitung. Dem Bundesamt für
Zulassungen in der Telekcommunikation wurde das Inverkehrbringen dieses Gerätes angezeigt
und die Berechtigung zur Überprüfung der Seire auf Einhaltung der Bestimmungen eingeräumt.
Fluke Corporation
OPERATOR SAFETY
SUMMARY
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
is used in the operation of this equipment
LETHAL VOLTAGE
may be present on the terminals, observe all safety precautions!
To avoid electrical shock hazard, the operator should not electrically contact
the output hi or sense hi binding posts. During operation, lethal voltages of
up to 1100V ac or dc may be present on these terminals.
Whenever the nature of the operation permits, keep one hand away from
equipment to reduce the hazard of current flowing thought vital organs of
the body.
Terms in this Manual
This instrument has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC Publication 348,
Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus. This manual contains
information and warnings which have to be followed by the user to ensure safe operation
and to retain the instrument in safe condition.
Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in personal injury or
loss of life.
Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to the
equipment or other property.
Symbols Marked on Equipment
S DANGER — High Voltage
Q Protective ground (earth) terminal
P Attention — refer to the manual. This symbol indicates that information about
the usage of a feature is contained in the manual.
Power Source
The 5700A/5720A Series II is intended to operate from a power source that will not apply more
than 264V ac rms between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground.
A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential
for safe operation.
Use the Proper Fuse
To avoid fire hazard, use only the fuse specified on the line voltage selection switch label, and
which is identical in type voltage rating, and current rating.
Grounding the 5700A/5720A Series II
The 5700A/5720A Series II is Safety Class I (grounded enclosure) instruments as defined in IEC
348. The enclosure is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord. To avoid
electrical shock, plug the power cord into a properly wired earth grounded receptacle before
connecting anything to any of the 5700A/5720A Series II terminals. A protective ground
connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation.
Use the Proper Power Cord
Always use the power (line) cord and connector appropriate for the voltage and outlet of
the country or location in which you are working.
Always match the line cord to the instrument.
• Use the AC line cord supplied with this instrument with this instrument only.
• Do not use this line cord with any other instruments.
• Do not use any other line cords with this instrument.
Use only the power cord and connector appropriate for proper operation of a 5700A/5720A
Series II in your country.
Use only a power cord that is in good condition.
Refer cord and connector changes to qualified service personnel.
Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmospheres
To avoid explosion, do not operate the 5700A/5720A Series II in an atmosphere of explosive gas.
Do Not Remove Cover
To avoid personal injury or death, do not remove the 5700A/5720A Series II cover. Do not
operate the 5700A/5720A Series II without the cover properly installed. There are no user-
serviceable parts inside the 5700A/5720A Series II, so there is no need for the operator to ever
remove the cover.
Do Not Attempt to Operate if Protection May be Impaired

If the 5700A/5720A Series II appears damaged or operates abnormally, protection may be
impaired. Do not attempt to operate it. When in doubt, have the instrument serviced.
. SERVICING SAFETY
SUMMARY
FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE
PERSONNEL ONLY
Also refer to the preceding Operator Safety Summary
Do Not Service Alone

Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this product unless another person
capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation is present.
Use Care When Servicing With Power On

Dangerous voltage exist at many points inside this product. To avoid personal injury, do
not touch exposed connections and components while power is on.
Whenever the nature of the operation permits, keep one hand away from equipment to
reduce the hazard of current flowing through vital organs of the body.
Do not wear a grounded wrist strap while working on this product. A grounded wrist strap
increase the risk of current flowing through the body.
Disconnect power before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing components.
High voltage may still be present even after disconnecting power.

FIRST AID FOR
ELECTRIC SHOCK
Free the Victim From the Live Conductor

Shut off high voltage at once and ground the circuit. If high voltage cannot be turned off
quickly, ground the circuit.
If the circuit cannot be broken or grounded, use a board, dry clothing, or other
nonconductor to free the victim.
Get Help!
Yell for help. Call an emergency number. Request medical assistance.
Never Accept Ordinary and General Tests for Death

Symptoms of electric shock may include unconsciousness, failure to breathe, absence of
pulse, pallor, and stiffness, and severe burns.
Treat the Victim

If the victim is not breathing, begin CPR or mouth-to-mouth resuscitation if you are
certified.
Chapter 1
Introduction and Specifications
Title Page
1-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 1-3

1-2. Contacting Fluke................................................................................... 1-4
1-3. About this Manual ................................................................................ 1-4
1-4. How to Use this Manual ....................................................................... 1-4
1-5. Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) ............................ 1-5
1-6. Auxiliary Amplifiers............................................................................. 1-6
1-7. 5725A Amplifier .............................................................................. 1-6
1-8. Support Equipment and Services .......................................................... 1-6
1-9. 732B Direct Voltage Reference Standard ........................................ 1-7
1-10. 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program (U.S.A. Only) ........... 1-7
1-11. 742A Series Resistance Standards.................................................... 1-7
1-12. Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) Calibration Support ..... 1-7
1-13. Service Centers................................................................................. 1-8
1-14. The Components of the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator ................. 1-8
1-15. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator ............................... 1-8
1-16. The Calibration Process.................................................................... 1-10
1-17. Establishing Traceability .................................................................. 1-10
1-18. Calibration Reports........................................................................... 1-10
1-19. Calibration Check ................................................................................. 1-10
1-20. Developing a Performance History....................................................... 1-11
1-22. DC Zeros Calibration............................................................................ 1-11
1-23. Specifications........................................................................................ 1-11
1-24. Specification Confidence Levels ...................................................... 1-12
1-25. Using Absolute and Relative Uncertainty Specifications................. 1-12
1-26. Using Secondary Performance Specifications.................................. 1-12
1-27. General Specifications .......................................................................... 1-13
1-28. Electrical Specifications ....................................................................... 1-14
1-29. DC Voltage Specifications ............................................................... 1-14
1-30. AC Voltage Specifications ............................................................... 1-17
1-31. Resistance Specifications ................................................................. 1-28
1-32. DC Current Specifications................................................................ 1-32
1-33. AC Current Specifications................................................................ 1-35
1-34. Wideband AC Voltage (Option 5700-03) Specifications................. 1-40
1-35. Auxiliary Amplifier Specifications .................................................. 1-41
1-1
5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator
Service Manual
1-2
Introduction 1
1-1. Introduction
The Fluke Model 5700A/5720A Series II calibrators are precise instruments that calibrate
a wide variety of electrical measuring instruments. These calibrators maintain high
accuracy over a wide ambient temperature range, allowing them to test instruments in any
environment, eliminating the restrictions to calibrate only in a temperature-controlled
standards laboratory. With a 5700A/5720A Series II, you can calibrate precision
multimeters that measure ac or dc voltage, ac or dc current, and resistance. The 5720A
Series II operates in a similar manner to the 5700A Series II, the difference is that the
5720A Series II has a considerably higher specified accuracy. Option 5700A-03
Wideband AC Voltage, which is available for both the 5700A Series II and the 5720A
Series II, extends this workload to include rf voltmeters.
Specifications are provided at the end of this chapter. The calibrator is a fully-
programmable precision source of the following:
• DC voltage to 1100V
• AC voltage to 1100V, with output available from 10 Hz to 1.2 MHz.
• AC and DC current to 2.2A, with output available from 10 Hz to 10 kHz
• Resistance in values of 1x10n and 1.9x10n from 1Ω to 100 MΩ, plus a short.
• Optional wideband ac voltage from 300 µV to 3.5V into 50Ω (-57 dBm to +24 dBm),
10 Hz to 30 MHz.
Features of the calibrator include the following:
• Internal environmentally-controlled references allowing the calibrator to maintain
full performance over a wide ambient temperature range.
• Automatic meter error calculation obtained through using a simple output adjust
knob; the display shows linearity, offset, and scale errors.
• Keys that multiply and divide the output value by 10 to simplify work on meters with
calibration points at decade multiples of a fraction of full-scale.
• Programmable entry limits used for restricting the levels that can be keyed into the
calibrator, preventing access to levels that may be harmful to equipment or personnel.
• A s key that provides the capability of displaying the instrument’s specification at
the selected operating point, calibration interval, and specification confidence level.
• An auxiliary current binding post that allows you to calibrate meters with separate
current inputs without moving cables.
• Real-time clock and calendar for date stamping reports.
• Offset and scaling modes that simplify linearity testing of multimeters.
• Variable phase reference signal output and phase-lock input.
• Interface for the Fluke 5725 Amplifier.
• Standard IEEE-488 (GPIB) interface, complying with ANSI/IEEE Standards 488.1-
1987 and 488.2-1987.
• Selectable normal remote mode or emulation of the Fluke 5100B and 5200A Series
calibrators in functions and response to system controller software
• EIA Standard RS-232C serial data interface for printing, displaying, or transferring
internally-stored calibration constants, and for remote control of the calibrator.
• Extensive internal self testing and diagnostics of analog and digital functions.
1-3
Service Manual
• A traceable calibration procedure for all modes and ranges that requires only 10V,
1Ω, and 10 kΩ external standards, with only occasional independent verification.
• Fast, simple, automated calibration check providing added confidence between
calibration recalls, and data that can be used to document and characterize the
calibrator’s performance between calibration recalls.
1-2. Contacting Fluke

To order accessories, receive operating assistance, or get the location of the nearest Fluke
distributor or Service Center, call:
USA: 1-888-44-FLUKE (1-888-443-5853)
Canada: 1-800-36-FLUKE (1-800-363-5853)
Europe: +31 402-675-200
Japan: +81-3-3434-0181
Singapore: +65-738-5655
Anywhere in the world: +1-425-446-5500
Or, visit Fluke's Web site at www.fluke.com.
1-3. About this Manual

This manual provides complete information for installing the calibrator and operating it
from the front panel keys and in remote. It also provides a glossary of calibration-related
terms as well as general items such as specifications and error code information. The
following topics are covered in this manual:
• Installation
• Operating controls and features
• Front panel operation
• Remote operation (IEEE-488 bus or serial port remote control)
• Serial port operation (printing, displaying, or transferring data, and setting up for
serial port remote control)
• Operator maintenance, including how to calibrate the 5700A/5720A Series II
• Options and accessories
1-4. How to Use this Manual

Use the following list to find the location of specific information.
• Quick setup procedure: 5700A/5720A Series II Operators Reference Guide
• Unpacking and setup: Chapter 2.
• Installation and rack mounting: Chapter 2; also the rack mount kit instruction sheet
• AC line power and interface cabling: Chapter 2
• Controls, indicators, and displays: Chapter 3
• Front panel operation: Chapter 4
• Cabling to a UUT (Unit Under Test): Chapter 4
• Using auxiliary amplifiers: Chapter 4
• Self calibration: Chapters 1 and 7
1-4
Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) 1
• Remote operation (IEEE-488 or serial): Chapter 5
• Options and accessories: Chapters 2 and 8
• Instrument specifications: The end of this Chapter
• Theory of operation: Chapter 2 of the 5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual
1-5. Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03)

The Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03) can be installed in both the
5700A and 5720A Series II Calibrators. The module is a high-accuracy, low-noise,
extremely flat ac voltage source for calibrating rf voltmeters, with a frequency range of
10 Hz to 30 MHz. Output is in seven ranges from 300 µV (-57 dBm) to 3.5 V (+24 dBm)
through a Type-N coaxial connector into a 50 Ω load. The output level is selected in volts
or dBm through either the front panel controls or under remote control.
The wideband module also functions with the calibrator’s output adjust controls that let
display the error of a wideband meter in either percentage of output or in decibels.
Included with the wideband module is a Type-N output cable and a 50 Ω terminator. The
wideband module is calibrated to the end of its standard-equipment output cable.
1-5
Service Manual
1-6. Auxiliary Amplifiers

The Fluke Model 5725A Amplifier is available to extend the high voltage performance
and current range of the calibrator:
Interface connectors on the calibrator’s rear panel accept cables to directly operate a
5725A. Three amplifiers can be connected to the calibrator at the same time, but only one
output can be active at a time. Once you have connected the amplifiers and configured
the calibrator in a setup menu, amplifier operation is controlled by the calibrator.
Chapter 4 provides instructions for operating the 5725A. The general specifications at the
end of this chapter include specifications for operating the calibrator with the 5725A. For
other amplifier specifications, refer to their instruction manuals. Table 1-1 summarizes
the extended capabilities offered by the 5725A. Brief descriptions of the extended
capabilities follow.
Table 1-1. Auxiliary Amplifier Data
Model Mode Range
5725A Amplifier AC V 220 to 1100V rms up to 70 mA, 40 Hz to 30 kHz

(50 mA < 5 kHz)
220 to 750V rms up to 70 mA, 30 kHz to 100 kHz
DC Amps 0 to ±11A
AC Amps 1 to 11A rms, 40 Hz to 10 kHz

1-7. 5725A Amplifier
The Fluke 5725A Amplifier is an external unit operating under calibrator control to
extend ac voltage drive capabilities and both ac and dc current output range. The
amplifier adds the following capabilities to the calibrator’s 1100V ac range with no
compromise in accuracy:
• Frequency limits at higher voltage increase to 100 kHz at 750V, 30 kHz at 1100V.
• Load limit increases to 70 mA for frequencies above 5 kHz.
• Capacitive drive increases to 1000 pF, subject to the maximum output current.
Extended-performance voltage is available at the calibrator’s front or rear binding posts,
eliminating the need to change cables during a procedure.
A separate set of binding posts on the front panel of the 5725A supplies extended-range
ac and dc current outputs. Since most meters have a separate input terminal for the high
current ranges, this eliminates the need to change cables during a procedure. The 5725A
can also be configured to source all current (both standard calibrator-generated current
and its own current) through the 5725A binding posts.
1-8. Support Equipment and Services

Fluke supports your calibration needs with precision, high-quality equipment and a wide
range of services. Depending on your needs, location, and capabilities, you may decide to
support your 5700A/5720A Series II calibrator independently or use Fluke services for
part, or all, of your support needs. The following paragraphs describe the support
equipment and services offered by Fluke for the calibrator. For specifications and
ordering instructions for this support equipment and other Fluke instruments, refer to the
Fluke catalog, or contact a representative at a Fluke Sales and Service Center.
1-6
Support Equipment and Services 1
1-9. 732B Direct Voltage Reference Standard
The Fluke 732B is a rugged, easily transported solid state direct voltage reference
standard with a highly predictable 10V output. This predictability allows the Fluke
Standards Laboratory, as well as many Fluke customers, to completely eliminate fragile,
saturated standard cells. Laboratories still maintain standard cells using the 732A and
732B as a transportable voltage standard, eliminating the need to transport their standard
cells. The 732B can be short-circuited, even for extended periods of time, without
damage or loss of stability. It maintains full specified stability over a temperature span of
18 to 28 °C.
The calibrator uses a 10V reference standard such as the Fluke 732B in its semi-
automated calibration procedure to establish external voltage traceability. Chapter 7
describes this procedure.
1-10. 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program (U.S.A. Only)

The Fluke 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program provides your laboratory with
NIST-traceable 10V calibration uncertainty as low as 0.6 parts per million.
The program maintains the 732B that you keep in your laboratory. To accomplish this,
the following occurs:
1. Fluke sends you a calibrated Fluke-owned 732B standard, together with all necessary
connecting cables and instructions for comparison with your 10V reference standard.
2. You take a series of readings over a five-day period, and return the results to the
Fluke Standards Laboratory.
3. The Fluke Standards Laboratory assigns a value to your 10V standard relative to the
NIST legal volt and sends you a report of calibration.
1-11. 742A Series Resistance Standards

The calibrator uses 1Ω and 10 kΩ resistor standards such as the 742A Series in its semi-
automated calibration procedure to establish external traceability of resistance and
current. Chapter 7 describes this procedure.
The 742A Resistance Standards, which are constructed of arrays of Fluke wirewound
precision resistors, are ideally suited as support standards for the calibrator. Stability of
the resistance transfer standards and their temperature coefficients make them ideal for
easy transport to and operation in the calibrator's working environment.
1-12. Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) Calibration Support

The Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) requires two kinds of calibration: gain
and flatness. Gain constants are checked and recalibrated as a part of the normal
calibrator semi-automated calibration process.
Since frequency flatness is determined by such stable parameters as circuit geometry and
dielectric constants, flatness of the Wideband AC module has excellent long-term
stability. This stability gives the Wideband AC Module a two-year calibration cycle for
flatness calibration. Flatness calibration is required only infrequently, and can be done
when the calibrator is returned to a standards laboratory for periodic verification. The
5700A/5720A Series II Service Manual contains the wideband flatness calibration
procedure. Chapter 7 of this manual contains the wideband gain calibration procedure.
1-7
Service Manual
1-13. Service Centers

A worldwide network of Fluke service centers supports Fluke instruments and assists
customers in many ways. Most service centers have standards and calibration laboratories
certified by local national standards organizations. The following is a partial list of the
services provided by most service centers:
• Repair and certified traceable calibration of all Fluke products.
• Certified traceable calibration of many non-Fluke standards and calibrators.
• Worldwide exchange of calibrator internal modules. Delivery inside the U.S.A. is
typically within 48 hours.
• Service agreements with the flexibility to suit your needs. These can be a simple
warranty extension or an agreement that includes on-site support. Calibration service
agreements are also available in many areas.
• Training programs and seminars, including laboratory metrology, system
applications, and product maintenance.
• Application help and consulting, including system design, hardware selection,
custom software, site evaluation and installation.
• Replacement parts inventory, including recommended spare parts and module kits.
• Visit www.fluke.com for locations and phone numbers of authorized Fluke service
centers.
1-14. The Components of the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator

The calibrator is configured internally as an automated calibration system, with process
controls and consistent procedures. Internal microprocessors control all functions and
monitor performance, using a switching matrix to route signals between modules.
Complete automatic internal diagnostics, both analog and digital, confirm operational
integrity.
Reference amplifiers maintain dc accuracy and stability. Of all technologies available,
reference amplifiers have the lowest noise and best stability. Reference amplifiers in the
calibrator go through special selection processes including long-term aging to ensure high
reliability and performance well within specifications.
The calibrator achieves its exceptional ac voltage accuracy by using a patented Fluke rms
sensor to make real-time ac/dc comparison measurements. The Fluke rms sensor is
similar in principle to the traditional thermal voltage converter, but has a shorter time
constant, virtually no reversal error, higher signal-to-noise ratio, and better frequency
response. In the calibrator, one Fluke rms sensor serves as an ac/dc transfer standard to
develop gain and flatness correction constants during calibration. The second Fluke rms
sensor continuously monitors and corrects output voltage during operation.
A patented 26-bit digital-to-analog converter (dac) provides the calibrator with the ability
to precisely vary its output. This is a pulse-width modulated dac with linearity typically
better than 0.2 ppm of full scale. As with the other internal functions, the linearity of the
dac is automatically checked during calibration and analog diagnostics.
1-15. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator

The traditional practice of returning a calibrator to a standards laboratory at regular
intervals for a full calibration is time consuming, expensive, and disruptive to the task to
1-8
Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator 1
which the calibrator is being applied. Moreover, it leaves gaps in confidence. You must
rely on manufacturer's specifications to determine if a calibrator will perform acceptably
in an operating environment outside the lab. Also, you must assume that drift is
predictable enough so that performance is within limits between recalls.
The 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator makes use of Fluke design breakthroughs in the
use of internal check standards and measurement systems. As a result, it can be
completely calibrated in place to full specifications using a small number of convenient,
portable, environmentally tolerant standards available from Fluke. As you will see below,
this procedure is traceable to military standard requirements.
When manufactured, each calibrator is calibrated and thoroughly verified with process
metrology and calibration standards traceable to the U.S. National Bureau of Standards.
A certificate of calibration is included.
A calibration verification procedure described in the 5700A/5720A Series II Service
Manual is recommended every two years, or as required by your established policies.
This procedure involves no adjustments. It simply ensures internal processes are in
control, and establishes parallel external traceability paths for internal functions such as
ac transfers that are never adjusted or corrected.
Figure 1-1 illustrates the time and money that can be saved by using the 5700A/5720A
Series II calibration support plan recommended by Fluke. Depending on your policies,
you may initially decide to perform calibration verification more often. The calibrator
makes this unnecessary and offers you a practical way to collect data unavailable with a
traditional calibrator design about performance between calibrations.
TRADITIONAL CALIBRATOR CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION CYCLE
COST $
TIME
5700A/5720A SERIES II CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION CYCLE
COST $
TIME
f1-1.eps
Figure 1-1. Time and Costs: Calibrator Calibration
1-9
Service Manual
1-16. The Calibration Process

Calibration requires only three external standards: 10V, 1Ω, and 10 kΩ.
Environmentally-controlled internal check standards provide the primary reference
points. A stored table of calibration constants defines additional reference points for
controlling the output. Traceable calibration and adjustment to the specified level of
performance is accomplished in a semi-automated process that revises this table.
When you finish calibration, but before you save the new constants, the calibrator
presents you with the proposed adjustments as +/- ppm of range and percentage change in
specification for each range and function. You can print a list of changes through the
serial (RS-232C) port, or send them to a computer through either the serial port or the
IEEE-488 port. Also on completion of calibration, the calibrator displays the largest
proposed change.
Calibration can be completed as far as deriving and printing the proposed adjustments
without changing the setting of the rear panel CALIBRATION switch; however, the
switch must be set to ENABLE to store the changes in nonvolatile memory and make
them effective. The switch is recessed to allow the metrologist to cover it with a
calibration sticker to guarantee calibrator integrity.
1-17. Establishing Traceability

Traceability to national standards is established as follows:
• Except for the internal ac/dc transfer standard, the internal check standards are
directly calibrated by traceable external standards every time the 5700A/5720A
Series II is calibrated.
• The internal ac/dc transfer standard is never adjusted, so its traceability is not
disturbed by calibration. Infrequent verification is done in the traditional way, by
comparing selected ac voltage outputs with an external dc voltage standard through
an external ac/dc transfer standard. Fluke recommends this be done every two years,
or as determined by the policy of your organization.
• Infrequent independent verification is also performed on stable parameters, such as
frequency flatness, determined more by circuit geometry and dielectric constants than
time.
1-18. Calibration Reports

The calibrator stores two sets of calibration constants: the set currently in use and the old
set from the previous calibration. This gives the calibrator the ability at any time to
produce a calibration report of the differences between the present settings and the
settings that were in effect before the last calibration. The report shows changes for each
range and function in +/- ppm of range and in percentage of specification limit. You can
print the report or send it to a host computer through either the RS-232-C or IEEE-488
interface.
If you request a calibration report after doing calibration but before saving the new
constants, the report shows proposed changes to the calibration constants relative to the
previously stored settings.
1-19. Calibration Check

Checking the calibration takes about an hour, and provides you with a means of
documenting the calibrator’s performance of a between calibrations. Calibration checking
1-10
Developing a Performance History 1
is similar to calibration, except internal check standards are used as primary references
(no external standards are needed), and changes cannot be stored. The process produces a
report similar to normal calibration, showing drift relative to internal check standards.
Because cal check does not change stored calibration constants, there is no need to enable
the rear panel CALIBRATION switch. Therefore, an external computer can do the
procedure unattended.
1-20. Developing a Performance History

A Fluke specification is a set of performance limits that all products must meet. To
maintain consistent quality, Fluke calibrators are specified with enough margin to include
temperature, line, and load extremes, plus additional margin for production. This means
that a typical 5700A/5720A Series II calibrator in a typical environment operates inside
50% of specification limits. For some exacting applications, it can be helpful to know just
how accurately a particular calibrator operates. The proper way to do this is to
accumulate a performance history by calibrating regularly and recording results on a
control chart.
Calibrating regularly and recording the results on a control chart is tedious and requires a
large array of equipment. The calibrator’s calibration check feature is an alternative with
some distinct advantages:
• Calibrated check standards are already programmed into the unit. You do not have to
use external standards.
• The process is consistent and automatic: it does not require an operator’s assistance.
Each calibration check produces a new set of data points for accumulating a historical
record. When this process is externally automated, significant history can be accumulated
much faster than with a manual calibration.
1-21. Range Calibration

After calibration, you can make further fine adjustments to each range. Range
adjustments are optional; they are not necessary to meet total uncertainty specifications.
However, they do allow you to align your calibrator closer to your standards.
Before you do range calibration, you must first use the calibrator’s semi-automated
calibration procedure. This is to calibrate the ranges that will not be adjusted. It also
performs an initial adjustment for each range, and supplies flatness corrections for ac
functions.
1-22. DC Zeros Calibration

To ensure the validity of the specifications, a dc zeros calibration must be performed at
least every 30 days. If more than 30 days elapse without a dc zeros calibraiton a warning
message appears. This procedure does not require any external equipment or connections
and takes approximately 2.5 minutes to complete.
1-23. Specifications
The 5700A/5720A Series II calibrators are verified and calibrated at the factory prior to
shipment to ensure they meet the accuracy standards required for all certified calibration
laboratories. By calibrating to the specifications in this chapter, you can maintain the high
performance level throughout the life of your calibrator.
1-11
Service Manual
Specifications are valid after a warm-up period of twice the time the calibrator has been
turned off, up to a maximum of 30 minutes. For example, if the calibrator has been turned
off for five minutes, the warm-up period is ten minutes.
1-24. Specification Confidence Levels

You calibrator’s performance level is ensured by regular calibration to the primary
performance specifications, which are provided at both the 99% and 95% confidence
levels. The 95% confidence level will provide an accuracy that surpasses the accuracy
requirements for meeting Tag 4 standards, or a coverage factor of 2. Calibration at the
99% confidence level is also available for those applications that require a confidence
factor for the specifications that is higher than 95%. For information on selecting the
confidence level, refer to Chapter 4.
The tables in this chapter provide specifications at both the 95% and 99% confidence
levels for the 5700A/5720A Series II calibrators. Included with these tables are operating
specifications for using the calibrator with the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03)
and the 5725A Amplifier.
1-25. Using Absolute and Relative Uncertainty Specifications

To evaluate the 5700A/5720A Series II coverage of your calibration workload, use the
Absolute Uncertainty specifications. Absolute uncertainty includes stability, temperature
coefficient, linearity, line and load regulation, and the traceability to external standards.
You do not need to add anything to absolute uncertainty to determine the ratios between
the calibrator’s uncertainties and the uncertainties of your calibration workload.
Relative uncertainty specifications are provided for enhanced accuracy applications.
These specifications apply when range constants are adjusted (see “Range Calibration”).
To calculate absolute uncertainty, you must combine the uncertainties of your external
standards and techniques with relative uncertainty.
1-26. Using Secondary Performance Specifications

Secondary performance specifications and operating characteristics are included in
uncertainty specifications. They are provided for special calibration requirements such as
stability or linearity testing.
1-12
General Specifications 1
1-27. General Specifications
Standard Interfaces .............................................. IEEE-488, RS-232, 5725A, 5205A or 5215A, 5220A, phase lock in
(BNC), phase reference out (BNC).
Temperature Performance
Operating ............................................................ 0 °C to 50 °C
Calibration........................................................... 15 °C to 35 °C
Storage ............................................................... -40 °C to 75 °C
Relative Humidity
Operating ............................................................ <80 % to 30 °C, <70 % to 40 °C, <40 % to 50 °C
Storage ............................................................... <95 %, non-condensing. A power stabilization period of four days may
be required after extended storage at high temperature and humidity.
Safety ..................................................................... Designed to comply with UL3111; EN61010; CSA C22.2 No. 1010;
ANSI/ISA S82.01-1994
Guard Isolation...................................................... 20 V
EMI/RFI................................................................... Designed to comply with FCC Rules Part 15, Subpart B, Class B;
EN50081-1, EN50082-1
ElectroStatic Discharge........................................ This instrument meets criteria C for ESD requirements per EN61326
Line Power
Line Frequency .................................................. 47 to 63 Hz; ±10 % 100 V, 110 V, 115 V, 120 V, 200 V, 220 V, 230 V,
240 V
Maximum Power
5700A/5720A .................................................. 300 VA
5725A ............................................................. 750 VA
Weight
5700A/5720A ...................................................... 27 kg (62 lb)
5725A.................................................................. 32 kg (70 lb)
Size
5700A/5720A
Height ............................................................. 17.8 cm (7 in), standard rack increment, plus 1.5 cm (0.6 in) for feet
Width............................................................... 43.2 cm (17 in), standard rack width
Depth .............................................................. 63.0 cm (24.8 in), overall; 57.8 cm (22.7 in), rack depth
5725A
Height ............................................................. 13.3 cm (5.25 in)
Width and Depth ............................................. Same as 5700A/5720A. Both units project 5.1 cm (2 in) from rack front.
43.2 cm (17 in)
17.8 cm (7 in)
6.35 cm (2.5 in)

63 cm (24.8 in)
FOR CABLE
ACCESS
1-13
Service Manual
1-28. Electrical Specifications

Note
Fluke guarantees performance verification using specifications stated to
99% confidence level.
1-29. DC Voltage Specifications
5720A Series II DC Voltage Specifications

Absolute Uncertainty Relative Uncertainty
± 5 °C from calibration temperature
[1]
± 1 °C
Range Resolution
24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days
± (ppm output + μV)
99 % Confidence Level
220 mV 10 nV 5 + 0.5 7 + 0.5 8 + 0.5 9 + 0.5 2 + 0.4 2.5 + 0.4
2.2 V 100 nV 3.5 + 0.8 4 + 0.8 4.5 + 0.8 6 + 0.8 2 + 0.8 2.5 + 0.8
11 V 1 μV 2.5 + 3 3+3 3.5 + 3 4+3 1+3 1.5 + 3
22 V 1 μV 2.5 + 5 3+5 3.5 + 5 4+5 1+5 1.5 + 5
220 V 10 μV 3.5 + 50 4 + 50 5 + 50 6 + 50 2 + 50 2.5 + 50
1100 V 100 μV 5 + 500 6 + 500 7 + 500 8 + 500 2.5 + 400 3 + 400
220 mV 10 nV 4 + 0.4 6 + 0.4 6.5 + 0.4 7.5 + 0.4 1.6 + 0.4 2 + 0.4
2.2 V 100 nV 3 + 0.7 3.5 + 0.7 4 + 0.7 5 + 0.7 1.6 + 0.7 2 + 0.7
11 V 1 μV 2 + 2.5 2.5 + 2.5 3 + 2.5 3.5 + 2.5 0.8 + 2.5 1.2 + 2.5
22 V 1 μV 2+4 2.5 + 4 3+4 3.5 + 4 0.8 + 4 1.2 + 4
220 V 10 μV 3 + 40 3.5 + 40 4 + 40 5 + 40 1.6 + 40 2 + 40
1100 V 100 μV 4 + 400 4.5 + 400 6 + 400 6.5 + 400 2 + 400 2.4 + 400
Notes:
DC Zeros calibration required every 30 days.
1. For fields strengths >1 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 0.01 % of range.
1-14
Electrical Specifications 1
5700A Series II DC Voltage Specifications
[1]
± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C
Range Resolution
220 mV 10 nV 6.5 + .75 7 + .75 8 + .75 9 + .8 2.5 + .5 4 + .5
2.2 V 100 nV 3.5 + 1.2 6 + 1.2 7 + 1.2 8 + 1.2 2.5 + 1.2 4 + 1.2
11 V 1 μV 3.5 + 3 5+4 7+4 8+4 1.5 + 3 3.5 + 4
22 V 1 μV 3.5 + 6 5+8 7+8 8+8 1.5 + 6 3.5 + 8
220 V 10 μV 5 + 100 6 + 100 8 + 100 9 + 100 2.5 + 100 4 + 100
1100 V 100 μV 7 + 600 8 + 600 10 + 600 11 + 600 3 + 600 4.5 + 600
220 mV 10 nV 5.5 + 0.6 6 + 0.6 7 + 0.6 8 + 0.6 2 + 0.4 3.5 + 0.4
2.2 V 100 nV 3.5 + 1 5+1 6+1 7+1 2+1 3.5 + 1
11 V 1 µV 3 + 3.5 4 + 3.5 6 + 3.5 7 + 3.5 1.2 + 3 3 + 3.5
22 V 1 µV 3 + 6.5 4 + 6.5 6 + 6.5 7 + 6.5 1.2 + 6 3+7
220 V 10 µV 4 + 80 5 + 80 7 + 80 8 + 80 2 + 80 3.5 + 80
1100 V 100 µV 6 + 500 7 + 500 8 + 500 9 + 500 2.4 + 500 4 + 500
Notes:
DC Zeros calibration required every 30 days.
1. For fields strengths >1 V/m but ≤ 3 V/m, add 0.01 % of range.
1-15
Service Manual
DC Voltage Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics

Temperature Coefficient
[1] [2] Noise
Stability Adder
± 1 °C Linearity
0 - 10 °C ± 1 °C Bandwidth Bandwidth
Range and 0.1-10 Hz 10 Hz-10 kHz
24 Hours 10 - 40 °C
40 - 50 °C pk-pk RMS
± (ppm output + μV) ± (ppm output + μV) / °C ± (ppm output + μV) μV
220 mV 0.3 + 0.3 0.4 + 0.1 1.5 + 0.5 1 + 0.2 0.15 + 0.1 5
2.2 V 0.3 + 1 0.3 + 0.1 1.5 + 2 1 + 0.6 0.15 + 0.4 15
11 V 0.3 + 2.5 0.15 + 0.2 1 + 1.5 0.3 + 2 0.15 + 2 50
22 V 0.4 + 5 0.2 + 0.4 1.5 + 3 0.3 + 4 0.15 + 4 50
220 V 0.5 + 40 0.3 + 5 1.5 + 40 1 + 40 0.15 + 60 150
1100 V 0.5 + 200 0.5 + 10 3 + 200 1 + 200 0.15 + 300 500
Notes:
1. Stability specifications are included in the Absolute Uncertainty values in the primary specification tables.
2. Temperature coefficient is an adder to uncertainty specifications that does not apply unless operating more than ±5 °C from
calibration temperature.
Minimum Output .................................................. 0 V for all ranges, except 100 V for 1100 V range
Maximum Load ..................................................... 50 mA for 2.2 V through 220 V ranges; 20 mA for 1100 V range; 50 Ω
output impedance on 220 mV range; all ranges <1000 pF, >25 Ω
Load Regulation ................................................... <(0.2 ppm of output + 0.1 ppm of range), full load to no load
Line Regulation .................................................... <0.1 ppm change, ± 10 % of selected nominal line
Settling Time ........................................................ 3 seconds to full accuracy; + 1 second for range or polarity change; + 1
second for 1100 V range
Overshoot ............................................................. <5 %
Common Mode Rejection .................................... 140 dB, DC to 400 Hz
Remote Sensing .................................................. Available 0 V to ±1100 V, on 2.2 V through 1100 V ranges
1-16
1-30. AC Voltage Specifications
5720A Series II AC Voltage Specifications: 99% Confidence Level
Frequency ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C
Range Resolution
(Hz) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days
2.2 mV 1 nV 10 - 20 250 + 5 270 + 5 290 + 5 300 + 5 250 + 5 270 + 5
20 - 40 100 + 5 105 + 5 110 + 5 115 + 5 100 + 5 105 + 5
40 - 20 k 85 + 5 90 + 5 95 + 5 100 + 5 60 + 5 65 + 5
20 k - 50 k 220 + 5 230 + 5 240 + 5 250 + 5 85 + 5 95 + 5
50 k - 100 k 500 + 6 540 + 6 570 + 6 600 + 6 200 + 6 220 + 6
100 k - 300 k 1000 + 12 1200 + 12 1250 + 12 1300 + 12 350 + 12 400 + 12
300 k - 500 k 1400 + 25 1500 + 25 1600 + 25 1700 + 25 800 + 25 1000 + 25
500 k - 1 M 2900 + 25 3100 + 25 3250 + 25 3400 + 25 2700 + 25 3000 + 25
22 mV 10 nV 10 - 20 250 + 5 270 + 5 290 + 5 300 + 5 250 + 5 270 + 5
20 - 40 100 + 5 105 + 5 110 + 5 115 + 5 100 + 5 105 + 5
40 - 20 k 85 + 5 90 + 5 95 + 5 100 + 5 60 + 5 65 + 5
20 k - 50 k 220 + 5 230 + 5 240 + 5 250 + 5 85 + 5 95 + 5
50 k - 100 k 500 + 6 540 + 6 570 + 6 600 + 6 200 + 6 220 + 6
100 k - 300 k 1000 + 12 1200 + 12 1250 + 12 1300 + 12 350 + 12 400 + 12
300 k - 500 k 1400 + 25 1500 + 25 1600 + 25 1700 + 25 800 + 25 1000 + 25
500 k - 1 M 2900 + 25 3100 + 25 3250 + 25 3400 + 25 2700 + 25 3000 + 25
220 mV 100 nV 10 - 20 250 + 15 270 + 15 290 + 15 300 + 15 250 + 15 270 + 15
20 - 40 100 + 8 105 + 8 110 + 8 115 + 8 100 + 8 105 + 8
40 - 20 k 85 + 8 90 + 8 95 + 8 100 + 8 60 + 8 65 + 8
20 k - 50 k 220 + 8 230 + 8 240 + 8 250 + 8 85 + 8 95 + 8
50 k - 100 k 500 + 20 540 + 20 570 + 20 600 + 20 200 + 20 220 + 20
100 k - 300 k 850 + 25 900 + 25 1000 + 25 1100 + 25 350 + 25 400 + 25
300 k - 500 k 1400 + 30 1500 + 30 1600 + 30 1700 + 30 800 + 30 1000 + 30
500 k - 1 M 2700 + 60 2900 + 60 3100 + 60 3300 + 60 2600 + 60 2800 + 60
2.2 V 1 µV 10 - 20 250 + 50 270 + 50 290 + 50 300 + 50 250 + 50 270 + 50
20 - 40 95 + 20 100 + 20 105 + 20 110 + 20 95 + 20 100 + 20
40 - 20 k 45 + 10 47 + 10 50 + 10 52 + 10 30 + 10 40 + 10
20 k - 50 k 80 + 12 85 + 12 87 + 12 90 + 12 70 + 12 75 + 12
50 k - 100 k 120 + 40 125 + 40 127 + 40 130 + 40 100 + 40 105 + 40
100 k - 300 k 380 + 100 420 + 100 460 + 100 500 + 100 270 + 100 290 + 100
300 k - 500 k 1000 + 250 1100 + 250 1150 + 250 1200 + 250 900 + 250 1000 + 250
500 k - 1 M 1600 + 400 1800 + 600 1900 + 400 2000 + 400 1200 + 400 1300 + 400
22 V 10 µV 10 - 20 250 + 500 270 + 500 290 + 500 300 + 500 250 + 500 270 + 500
20 - 40 95 + 200 100 + 200 105 + 200 110 + 200 95 + 200 100 + 200
40 - 20 k 45 + 70 47 + 70 50 + 70 52 + 70 30 + 70 40 + 70
20 k - 50 k 80 + 120 85 + 120 87 + 120 90 + 120 70 + 120 75 + 120
50 k - 100 k 110 + 250 115 + 250 117 + 250 120 + 250 100 + 250 105 + 250
100 k - 300 k 300 + 800 310 + 800 320 + 800 325 + 800 270 + 800 290 + 800
300 k - 500 k 1000 + 2500 1100 + 2500 1150 + 2500 1200 + 2500 900 + 2500 1000 + 2500
500 k - 1 M 1500 + 4000 1600 + 4000 1700 + 4000 1800 + 4000 1300 + 4000 1400 + 4000
± (ppm output + mV)
[2]
220 V 100 µV 10 - 20 250 + 5 270 + 5 290 + 5 300 + 5 250 + 5 270 + 5
20 - 40 95 + 2 100 + 2 105 + 2 110 + 2 95 + 2 100 + 2
40 - 20 k 57 + 0.7 60 + 0.7 62 + 0.7 65 + 0.7 45 + 0.7 50 + 0.7
20 k - 50 k 90 + 1.2 95 + 1.2 97 + 1.2 100 + 1.2 75 + 1.2 80 + 1.2
50 k - 100 k 160 + 3 170 + 3 175 + 3 180 + 3 140 + 3 150 + 3
100 k - 300 k 900 + 20 1000 + 20 1050 + 20 1100 + 20 600 + 20 700 + 20
300 k - 500 k 5000 + 50 5200 + 50 5300 + 50 5400 + 50 4500 + 50 4700 + 50
500 k - 1 M 8000 + 100 9000 + 100 9500 + 100 10,000 + 100 8000 + 100 8500 + 100
[1]
1100 V 1 mV 15 - 50 300 + 20 320 + 20 340 + 20 360 + 20 300 + 20 320 + 20
1-17
Service Manual
50 - 1 k 70 + 4 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4
5725A Amplifier:
1100 V 1 mV 40 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4
1 k - 20 k 105 + 6 125 + 6 135 + 6 165 + 6 85 + 6 105 + 6
20 k - 30 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11
750 V 30 k - 50 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11
50 k - 100k 600 + 45 1300 + 45 1600 + 45 2300 + 45 380 + 45 1200 + 45
Notes:
1. Maximum output 250 V from 15-50 Hz.
2. See Volt-Hertz capability in Figure A.
1-18
5720A Series II AC Voltage Specifications: 95 % Confidence Level
Range Resolution
2.2 mV 1 nV 10 - 20 200 + 4 220 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 200 + 4 220 + 4
20 - 40 80 + 4 85 + 4 87 + 4 90 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4
40 - 20 k 70 + 4 75 + 4 77 + 4 80 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4
20 k - 50 k 170 + 4 180 + 4 190 + 4 200 + 4 70 + 4 80 + 4
50 k - 100 k 400 + 5 460 + 5 480 + 5 500 + 5 160 + 5 180 + 5
100 k - 300 k 300 + 10 900 + 10 1000 + 10 1050 + 10 280 + 10 320 + 10
300 k - 500 k 1100 + 20 1200 + 20 1300 + 20 1400 + 20 650 + 20 800 + 20
500 k - 1 M 2400 + 20 2500 + 20 2600 + 20 2700 + 20 2100 + 20 2400 + 20
22 mV 10 nV 10 - 20 200 + 4 220 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 200 + 4 220 + 4
20 - 40 80 + 4 85 + 4 87 + 4 90 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4
40 - 20 k 70 + 4 75 + 4 77 + 4 80 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4
20 k - 50 k 170 + 4 180 + 4 190 + 4 200 + 4 70 + 4 80 + 4
50 k - 100 k 400 + 5 460 + 5 480 + 5 500 + 5 160 + 5 180 + 5
100 k - 300 k 300 + 10 900 + 10 1000 + 10 1050 + 10 280 + 10 320 + 10
300 k - 500 k 1100 + 20 1200 + 20 1300 + 20 1400 + 20 650 + 20 800 + 20
500 k - 1 M 2400 + 20 2500 + 20 2600 + 20 2700 + 20 2100 + 20 2400 + 20
220 mV 100 nV 10 - 20 200 + 12 220 + 12 230 + 12 240 + 12 200 + 12 220 + 12
20 - 40 80 + 7 85 + 7 87 + 7 90 + 7 80 + 7 85 + 7
40 - 20 k 70 + 7 75 + 7 77 + 7 80 + 7 50 + 7 55 + 7
20 k - 50 k 170 + 7 180 + 7 190 + 7 200 + 7 70 + 7 80 + 7
50 k - 100 k 400 + 17 420 + 17 440 + 17 460 + 17 160 + 17 180 + 17
100 k - 300 k 700 + 20 750 + 20 800 + 20 900 + 20 280 + 20 320 + 20
300 k - 500 k 1100 + 25 1200 +25 1300 + 25 1400 + 25 650 + 25 800 + 25
500 k - 1 M 2400 + 45 2500 + 45 2600 + 45 2700 + 45 2100 + 45 2400 + 45
2.2 V 1 mV 10 - 20 200 + 40 220 + 40 230 + 40 240 + 40 200 + 40 220 + 40
20 - 40 75 + 15 80 + 15 85 + 15 90 + 15 75 + 15 80 + 15
40 - 20 k 37 + 8 40 + 8 42 + 8 45 + 8 25 + 8 35 + 8
20 k - 50 k 65 + 10 70 + 10 73 + 10 75 + 10 55 + 10 60 + 10
50 k - 100 k 100 + 30 105 + 30 107 + 30 110 + 30 80 + 30 85 + 30
100 k - 300 k 300 + 80 340 + 80 380 + 80 420 + 80 230 + 80 250 + 80
300 k - 500 k 800 + 200 900 + 200 950 + 200 1000 + 200 700 + 200 800 + 200
500 k - 1 M 1300 + 300 1500 + 300 1600 + 300 1700 + 300 1000 + 300 1100 + 300
22 V 10 mV 10 - 20 200 + 400 220 + 400 230 + 400 240 + 400 200 + 400 220 + 400
20 - 40 75 + 150 80 + 150 85 + 150 90 + 150 75 + 150 80 + 150
40 - 20k 37 + 50 40 + 50 42 + 50 45 + 50 25 + 50 35 + 50
20k - 50k 65 + 100 70 + 100 73 + 100 75 + 100 55 + 100 60 + 100
50k - 100k 90 + 200 95 + 200 97 + 200 100 + 200 80 + 200 85 + 200
100k - 300k 250 + 600 260 + 600 270 + 600 275 + 600 250 + 600 270 + 600
300k - 500k 800 + 2000 900 + 2000 900 + 2000 1000 + 2000 700 + 2000 800 + 2000
500k - 1M 1200 + 3200 1300 + 3200 1400 + 3200 1500 + 3200 1100 + 3200 1200 + 3200
[2]
220 V 100 mV 10 - 20 200 +4 220 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 200 + 4 220 + 4
20 - 40 75 + 1.5 80 + 1.5 85 + 1.5 90 + 1.5 75 + 1.5 80 + 1.5
40 - 20 k 45 + 0.6 47 + 0.6 50 + 0.6 52 + 0.6 35 + 0.6 40 + 0.6
20 k - 50 k 70 + 1 75 + 1 77 + 1 80 + 1 60 + 1 65 + 1
50 k - 100 k 120 + 2.5 130 + 2.5 140 + 2.5 150 + 2.5 110 + 2.5 120 + 2.5
100 k - 300 k 700 + 16 800 + 16 850 + 16 900 + 16 500 + 16 600 + 16
300 k - 500 k 4000 + 40 4200 + 40 4300 + 40 4400 + 40 3600 + 40 3800 + 40
500 k - 1 M 6000 + 80 7000 + 80 7500 + 80 8000 + 80 6500 + 80 7000 + 80
[1]
1100 V 1 mV 15 - 50 240 + 16 260 + 16 280 + 16 300 + 16 240 + 16 260 + 16
50 - 1 k 55 + 3.5 60 + 3.5 65 + 3.5 70 + 3.5 40 + 3.5 45 + 3.5
1-19
Service Manual
5725A Amplifier:
1100 V 1 mV 40 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4
1 k - 20 k 105 + 6 125 + 6 135 + 6 165 + 6 85 + 6 105 + 6
20 k - 30 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11
750 V 30 k - 50 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11
50 k - 100 k 600 + 45 1300 + 45 1600 + 45 2300 + 45 380 + 45 1200 + 45
Notes:
1-20
Range Resolution
2.2 mV 1 nV 10 - 20 500 + 5 550 + 5 600 + 5 600 + 5 500 + 5 550 + 5
20 - 40 200 + 5 220 + 5 230 + 5 240 + 5 200 + 5 220 + 5
40 - 20 k 100 + 5 110 + 5 120 + 5 120 + 5 60 + 5 65 + 5
20 k - 50 k 340 + 5 370 + 5 390 + 5 410 + 5 100 + 5 110 + 5
50 k - 100 k 800 + 8 900 + 8 950 + 8 950 + 8 220 + 8 240 + 8
100 k - 300 k 1100 + 15 1200 + 15 1300 + 15 1300 + 15 400 + 15 440 + 15
300 k - 500 k 1500 + 30 1700 + 30 1700 + 30 1800 + 30 1000 + 30 1100 + 30
500 k - 1 M 4000 + 40 4400 + 40 4700 + 40 4800 + 40 400 + 30 4400 + 30
22 mV 10 nV 10 - 20 500 + 6 550 + 6 600 + 6 600 + 6 500 + 6 550 + 6
20 - 40 200 + 6 220 + 6 230 + 6 240 + 6 200 + 6 220 + 6
40 - 20 k 100 + 6 110 + 6 120 + 6 120 + 6 60 + 6 65 + 6
20 k - 50 k 340 + 6 370 + 6 390 + 6 410 + 6 100 + 6 110 + 6
50 k - 100 k 800 + 8 900 + 8 950 + 8 950 + 8 220 + 8 240 + 8
100 k - 300 k 1100 + 15 1200 + 15 1300 + 15 1300 + 15 400 + 15 440 + 15
300 k - 500 k 1500 + 30 1700 + 30 1700 + 30 1800 + 30 1000 + 30 1100 + 30
500 k - 1 M 4000 + 40 4400 + 40 4700 + 40 4800 + 40 4000 + 30 4400 + 30
220 mV 100 nV 10 - 20 500 + 16 550 + 16 600 + 16 600 + 16 500 + 16 550 + 16
20 - 40 200 + 10 220 + 10 230 + 10 240 + 10 200 + 10 220 + 10
40 - 20 k 95 + 10 100 + 10 110 + 10 110 + 10 60 + 10 65 + 10
20 k - 50 k 300 + 10 330 + 10 350 + 10 360 + 10 100 + 10 110 + 10
50 k - 100 k 750 + 30 800 + 30 850 + 30 900 + 30 220 + 30 240 + 30
100 k - 300 k 940 + 30 1000 + 30 1100 + 30 1100 + 30 400 + 30 440 + 30
300 k - 500 k 1500 + 40 1700 + 40 1700 + 40 1800 + 40 1000 + 40 1100 + 40
500 k - 1 M 3000 + 100 3300 + 100 3500 + 100 3600 + 100 3000 + 100 3300 + 100
2.2 V 1 mV 10 - 20 500 + 100 550 + 100 600 + 100 600 + 100 500 + 100 550 + 100
20 - 40 150 + 30 170 + 30 170 + 30 180 + 30 150 + 30 170 + 30
40 - 20 k 70 + 7 75 + 7 80 + 7 85 + 7 40 + 7 45 + 7
20 k - 50 k 120 + 20 130 + 20 140 + 20 140 + 20 100 + 20 110 + 20
50 k - 100 k 230 + 80 250 + 80 270 + 80 280 + 80 200 + 80 220 + 80
100 k - 300 k 400 + 150 440 + 150 470 + 150 480 + 150 400 + 150 440 + 150
300 k - 500 k 1000 + 400 1100 + 400 1200 + 400 1200 + 400 1000 + 400 1100 + 400
500 k - 1 M 2000 + 1000 2200 + 1000 2300 + 1000 2400 + 1000 2000 + 1000 2200 + 1000
22 V 10 mV 10 - 20 500 + 1000 550 + 1000 600 + 1000 600 + 1000 500 + 1000 550 + 1000
20 - 40 150 + 300 170 + 300 170 + 300 180 + 300 150 + 300 170 + 300
40 - 20 k 70 + 70 75 + 70 80 + 70 85 + 70 40 + 70 45 + 70
20 k - 50 k 120 + 200 130 + 200 140 + 200 140 + 200 100 + 200 110 + 200
50 k - 100 k 230 + 400 250 + 400 270 + 400 280 + 400 200 + 400 220 + 400
100 k - 300 k 500 + 1700 550 + 1700 550 + 1700 600 + 1700 500 + 1700 550 + 1700
300 k - 500 k 1200 + 5000 1300 + 5000 1300 + 5000 1400 + 5000 1200 + 5000 1300 + 5000
500 k - 1 M 2600 + 9000 2800 + 9000 2900 + 9000 3000 + 9000 2600 + 9000 2800 + 9000
[2]
220 V 100 mV 10 - 20 500 + 10 550 + 10 600 + 10 600 + 10 500 + 10 550 + 10
20 - 40 150 + 3 170 + 3 170 + 3 180 + 3 150 + 3 170 + 3
40 - 20 k 75 + 1 80 + 1 85 + 1 90 + 1 45 + 1 50 + 1
20 k - 50 k 200 + 4 220 + 4 240 + 4 250 + 4 100 + 1 110 + 1
50 k - 100 k 500 + 10 550 + 10 600 + 10 600 + 10 300 + 10 330 + 10
100 k - 300 k 1500 + 110 1500 + 110 1600 + 110 1600 + 110 1500 + 110 1500 + 100
300 k - 500 k 5000 + 110 5200 + 110 5300 + 110 5400 + 110 5000 + 110 5200 + 110
500 k - 1 M 12,000 + 220 12,500 + 220 12,500 + 220 13,000 + 220 12,000 + 220 12,000 + 220
[1]
1100 V 1 mV 15 - 50 400 + 20 420 + 20 440 + 20 460 + 20 400 + 20 420 + 20
50 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4
1-21
Service Manual
5725A Amplifier:
1100 V 1 mV 40 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4
1 k - 20 k 105 + 6 125 + 6 135 + 6 165 + 6 85 + 6 105 + 6
20 k - 30 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11
750 V 30 k - 50 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11
50 k - 100 k 600 + 45 1300 + 45 1600 + 45 2300 + 45 380 + 45 1200 + 45
Notes:
1-22
Range Resolution
2.2 mV 1 nV 10 - 20 400 + 4.5 500 + 4.5 530 + 4.5 550 + 4.5 400 + 4.5 500 + 4.5
20 - 40 170 + 4.5 190 + 4.5 200 + 4.5 210 + 4.5 170 + 4.5 190 + 4.5
40 - 20 k 85 + 4.5 95 + 4.5 100 + 4.5 105 + 4.5 55 + 4.5 60 + 4.5
20 k - 50 k 300 + 4.5 330 + 4.5 350 + 4.5 370 + 4.5 90 + 4.5 100 + 4.5
50 k - 100 k 700 + 7 750 + 7 800 + 7 850 + 7 210 + 7 230 + 7
100 k - 300 k 900 + 13 1000 + 13 1050 + 13 1100 + 13 380 + 13 420 + 13
300 k - 500 k 1300 + 25 1500 + 25 1600 + 25 1700 + 25 900 + 25 1000 + 25
500 k - 1 M 2800 + 25 3100 + 25 3300 + 25 3400 + 25 2900 + 25 3200 + 25
22 mV 10 nV 10 - 20 400 + 5 500 + 5 530 + 5 550 + 5 400 + 5 500 + 5
20 - 40 170 + 5 190 + 5 200 + 5 210 + 5 170 + 5 190 + 5
40 - 20 k 85 + 5 95 + 5 100 + 5 105 + 5 55 + 5 60 + 5
20 k - 50 k 300 + 5 330 + 5 350 + 5 370 + 5 90 + 5 100 + 5
50 k - 100 k 700 + 7 750 + 7 800 + 7 850 + 7 210 + 7 230 + 7
100 k - 300 k 900 + 12 1000 + 12 1050 + 12 1100 + 12 380 + 12 420 + 12
300 k - 500 k 1300 + 25 1500 + 25 1600 + 25 1700 + 25 900 + 25 1000 + 25
500 k - 1 M 2800 + 25 3100 + 25 3300 + 25 3400 + 25 2900 + 25 3200 + 25
220 mV 100 nV 10 - 20 400 + 13 500 + 13 530 + 13 550 + 13 400 + 13 500 + 13
20 - 40 170 + 8 190 + 8 200 + 8 210 + 8 170 + 8 190 + 8
40 - 20 k 85 + 8 95 + 8 100 + 8 105 + 8 55 + 8 60 + 8
20 k - 50 k 250 + 8 280 + 8 300 + 8 320 + 8 90 + 8 100 + 8
50 k - 100 k 700 + 25 750 + 25 800 + 25 850 + 25 210 + 25 230 + 25
100 k - 300 k 900 + 25 1000 + 25 1050 + 25 1100 + 25 380 + 25 420 + 25
300 k - 500 k 1300 + 35 1500 + 35 1600 + 35 1700 + 35 900 + 35 1000 + 35
500 k - 1 M 2800 + 80 3100 + 80 3300 + 80 3400 + 80 2900 + 80 3200 + 80
2.2 V 1 mV 10 - 20 400 + 80 450 + 80 480 + 80 500 + 80 400 + 80 450 + 80
20 - 40 130 + 25 140 + 25 150 + 25 160 + 25 130 + 25 140 + 25
40 - 20 k 60 + 6 65 + 6 70 + 6 75 + 6 35 + 6 40 + 6
20 k - 50 k 105 + 16 110 + 16 115 + 16 120 + 16 85 + 16 95 + 16
50 k - 100 k 190 + 70 210 + 70 230 + 70 250 + 70 170 + 70 190 + 70
100 k - 300 k 350 + 130 390 + 130 420 + 130 430 + 130 340 + 130 380 + 130
300 k - 500 k 850 + 350 950 + 350 1000 + 350 1050 + 350 850 + 350 950 + 350
500 k - 1 M 1700 + 850 1900 + 850 2100 + 850 2200 + 850 1700 + 850 1900 + 850
22 V 10 mV 10 - 20 400 + 800 450 + 800 480 + 800 500 + 800 400 + 800 450 + 800
20 - 40 130 + 250 140 + 250 150 + 250 160 + 250 130 + 250 140 + 250
40 - 20 k 60 + 60 65 + 60 70 + 60 75 + 60 35 + 60 40 + 60
20 k - 50 k 105 + 160 110 + 160 115 + 160 120 + 160 85 + 160 95 + 160
50 k - 100 k 190 + 350 210 + 350 230 + 350 250 + 350 170 + 350 190 + 350
100 k - 300 k 400 + 1500 450 + 1500 470 + 1500 500 + 1500 400 + 1500 450 + 1500
300 k - 500 k 1050 + 4300 1150 + 4300 1200 + 4300 1250 + 4300 1000 + 4300 1100 + 4300
500 k - 1 M 2300 + 8500 2500 + 8500 2600 + 8500 2700 + 8500 2200 + 8500 2400 + 8500
[2]
220 V 100 mV 10 - 20 400 + 8 450 + 8 480 + 8 500 + 8 400 + 8 450 + 8
20 - 40 130 + 2.5 140 + 2.5 150 + 2.5 160 + 2.5 130 + 2.5 140 + 2.5
40 - 20 k 65 + 0.8 70 + 0.8 75 + 0.8 80 + 0.8 40 + 0.8 45 + 0.8
20 k - 50 k 170 + 3.5 190 + 3.5 210 + 3.5 220 + 3.5 85 + 3.5 95 + 3.5
50 k - 100 k 400 + 8 450 + 8 480 + 8 500 + 8 270 + 8 300 + 8
100 k - 300 k 1300 + 90 1400 + 90 1450 + 90 1500 + 90 1200 + 90 1300 + 90
300 k - 500 k 4300 + 90 4500 + 90 4600 + 90 4700 + 90 4200 + 90 4500 + 90
500 k - 1 M 10,500 + 190 11,000 + 190 11,300 + 190 11,500 + 190 10,500 + 190 11,000 + 190
[1]
1100 V 1 mV 15 - 50 340 + 16 360 + 16 380 + 16 400 + 16 340 + 16 360 + 16
50 - 1 k 65 + 3.5 70 + 3.5 75 + 3.5 80 + 3.5 45 + 3.5 50 + 3.5
1-23
Service Manual
5725A Amplifier:
1100 V 1 mV 40 - 1 k 75 + 4 80 + 4 85 + 4 90 + 4 50 + 4 55 + 4
1 k - 20 k 105 + 6 125 + 6 135 + 6 165 + 6 85 + 6 105 + 6
20 k - 30 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11
750 V 30 k - 50 k 230 + 11 360 + 11 440 + 11 600 + 11 160 + 11 320 + 11
50 k - 100 k 600 + 45 1300 + 45 1600 + 45 2300 + 45 380 + 45 1200 + 45
Notes:
1-24
AC Voltage Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics
Temperature Coefficient Maximum
Stability
[1] 0 - 10 °C Distortion
Frequency ± 1 °C Output Impedance
Range 10 - 40 °C and Bandwidth
(Hz) 24 Hours (Ω)
40 - 50 °C 10 Hz-10 MHz
± μV ±μV / °C ± (% output + μV)
2.2 mV 10 - 20 5 0.05 0.05 50 0.05 + 10
20 - 40 5 0.05 0.05 0.035 + 10
40 - 20 k 2 0.05 0.05 0.035 + 10
20 k - 50 k 2 0.1 0.1 0.035 + 10
50 k - 100 k 3 0.2 0.2 0.035 + 30
100 k - 300 k 3 0.3 0.3 0.3 + 30
300 k - 500 k 5 0.4 0.4 0.3 + 30
500 k - 1 M 5 0.5 0.5 2 + 50
22 mV 10 - 20 5 0.2 0.3 50 0.05 + 11
20 - 40 5 0.2 0.3 0.035 + 11
40 - 20 k 2 0.2 0.3 0.035 + 11
20 k - 50 k 2 0.4 0.5 0.035 + 11
50 k - 100 k 3 0.5 0.5 0.035 + 30
100 k - 300 k 5 0.6 0.6 0.3 + 30
300 k - 500 k 10 1 1 0.3 + 30
500 k - 1 M 15 1 1 2 + 30
± (ppm output ± (ppm output μV) / °C
+ μV)
220 mV 10 - 20 150 + 20 2+1 2+1 50 0.05 + 16
20 - 40 80 + 15 2+1 2+1 0.035 + 16
40 - 20 k 12 + 2 2+1 2+1 0.035 + 16
20 k - 50 k 10 + 2 15 + 2 15 + 2 0.035 + 16
50 k - 100 k 10 + 2 15 + 4 15 + 4 0.035 + 30
100 k - 300 k 20 + 4 80 + 5 80 + 5 0.3 + 30
300 k - 500 k 100 + 10 80 + 5 80 + 5 0.3 + 30
500 k - 1 M 200 + 20 80 + 5 80 + 5 1 + 30
Load Regulation
±(ppm output+ μV)
2.2 V 10 - 20 150 + 20 50 + 10 50 + 10 10 + 2 0.05 + 80
20 - 40 80 + 15 15 + 5 15 + 5 10 + 2 0.035 + 80
40 - 20 k 12 + 4 2+1 5+2 10 + 4 0.035 + 80
20 k - 50 k 15 + 5 10 + 2 15 + 4 30 + 10 0.035 + 80
50 k - 100 k 15 + 5 10 + 4 20 + 4 120 + 16 0.035 + 110
100 k - 300 k 30 + 10 80 + 15 80 + 15 300 ppm 0.3 + 110
300 k - 500 k 70 + 20 80 + 40 80 + 40 600 ppm 0.5 + 110
500 k - 1 M 150 + 50 80 + 100 80 + 100 1200 ppm 1 + 110
22 V 10 - 20 150 + 20 50 + 100 50 + 100 10 + 20 0.05 + 700
20 - 40 80 + 15 15 + 30 15 + 40 10 + 20 0.035 + 700
40 - 20 k 12 + 8 2 + 10 4 + 15 10 + 30 0.035 + 700
20 k - 50 k 15 + 10 10 + 20 20 + 20 30 + 50 0.035 + 700
50 k - 100 k 15 + 10 10 + 40 20 + 40 80 + 80 0.05 + 800
100 k - 300 k 30 + 15 80 + 150 80 + 150 100 + 700 0.3 + 800
300 k - 500 k 70 + 100 80 + 300 80 + 300 200 + 1100 0.3 + 800
500 k - 1 M 150 + 100 80 + 500 80 + 500 600 + 3000 2 + 800
220 V 10 - 20 150 + 200 50 + 1000 50 + 1000 10 + 200 0.05 + 10,000
20 - 40 80 + 150 15 + 300 15 + 300 10 + 200 0.05 + 10,000
40 - 20 k 12 + 80 2 + 80 4 + 80 10 + 300 0.05 + 10,000
20 k - 50 k 15 + 100 10 + 100 20 + 100 30 + .600 0.05 + 10,000
50 k - 100 k 15 + 100 10 + 500 20 + 500 80 + 3,000 0.2 + 50,000
100 k - 300 k 30 + 400 80 + 600 80 + 600 250 + 25,000 1.5 + 50,000
300 k - 500 k 100 + 10,000 80 + 800 80 + 800 500 + 50,000 1.5 + 50,000
500 k - 1 M 200 + 20,000 80 + 1000 80 + 1000 1000 + 110,000 3.5 + 100,000
±(ppm output + ±(ppm output) / °C ±(ppm output + ±(% output)
mV) mV)
1100 V 15 - 50 150 + 0.5 50 50 10 + 2 0.15
50 - 1 k 20 + 0.5 2 5 10 + 1 0.07
1-25
Service Manual
5725A Amplifier:
Temperature Coefficient Distortion
Stability
Adder Bandwidth
[1] [2]
Range Frequency ± 1 °C Load Regulation
0 - 10 °C and 10 Hz -10 MHz
(Hz) 24 Hours 10 - 40 °C
40 - 50 °C ±(% output)
±(ppm output + mV) ±(ppm output) / °C ±(ppm output + mV) 150 pF 1000 pF
1100 V 40 - 1 k 10 + .5 5 5 10 + 1 0.10 0.10
1 k - 20 k 15 + 2 5 5 90 + 6 0.10 0.15
20 k - 50 k 40 + 2 10 10 275 + 11 0.30 0.30
50 k - 100 k 130 + 2 30 30 500 + 30 0.40 0.40
Notes:
1. Stability specifications are included in Absolute Uncertainty values for the primary specifications.
2. The 5725A will drive up to 1000 pF of load capacitance. Uncertainty specifications include loads to 300 pF and 150 pF as
shown under "Load Limits." For capacitances up to the maximum of 1000 pF, add "Load Regulation."
Voltage Range Maximum Current Limits Load Limits

[2]
2.2 V
22 V 50 mA, 0 °C-40 °C >50 Ω,
220 V 20 mA, 40 °C-50 °C 1000 pF
1100 V 6 mA 600 pF
5725A Amplifier:
[1]
40 Hz-5 kHz 50 mA 1000 pF
1100 V 5 kHz-30 kHz 70 mA 300 pF
[3]
30 kHz-100 kHz 70 mA 150 pF
Notes:
1. The 5725A will drive up to 1000 pF of load capacitance. Uncertainty specifications include loads to 300 pF and 150 pF as
shown under "Load Limits." For capacitances up to the maximum of 1000 pF, add "Load Regulation."
2. 2.2 V Range, 100 kHz-1.2 MHz only: uncertainty specifications cover loads to 10 mA or 1000 pF. For higher loads, load
regulation is added.
3. Applies from 0 °C to 40 °C.
Output Display Formats ....................................... Voltage or dBm, dBm reference 600 Ω.

Minimum Output ................................................... 10 % on each range
External Sense ...................................................... Selectable for 2.2 V, 22 V, 220 V, and 1100 V ranges; 5700A/5720A
<100 kHz, 5725A <30 kHz
Settling Time to Full Accuracy

Frequency (Hz) Settling Time (seconds)
<20 7
120-120 k 5
>120 k 2
Notes:
Plus 1 second for amplitude or frequency range change
Plus 2 seconds for 5700A/5720A 1100 V range
Plus 4 seconds for 5725A 1100 V range
1-26
Overshoot .............................................................. <10 %
Common Mode Rejection ....................................... 140 dB, DC to 400 Hz
Frequency
Ranges (Hz)........................................................ 10.000 - 119.99
0.1200 k - 1.1999 k
1.200 k - 11.999 k
12.00 k - 119.99 k
120.0 k - 1.1999 M
Uncertainty.......................................................... ±0.01 %
Resolution ........................................................... 11.999 counts
Phase Lock (Selectable Rear Panel BNC Input)
Phase Uncertainty (except 1100 V range) .......... >30 Hz: ±1 ° + 0.05 °/kHz), <30 Hz: ±3 °
Input Voltage....................................................... 1 V to 10 V rms sine wave (do not exceed 1 V for mV ranges)
Frequency Range ............................................... 10 Hz to 1.1999 MHz
Lock Range......................................................... ±2 % of frequency
Lock-In Time ....................................................... Larger of 10/frequency or 10 msec
Phase Reference (Selectable Rear Panel BNC Output)
Range ................................................................. ±180 °
Phase Uncertainty (except 1100 V range) .......... ±1 ° at quadrature points (0 °, ±90 °, ±180 °) elsewhere ±2 °
Stability ............................................................... ±0.1 °
Resolution ........................................................... 1 °
Output Level........................................................ 2.5 V rms ±0.2 V
Frequency Range ............................................... 50 kHz to 1 kHz, usable 10 Hz to 1.1999 MHz
10000
5700A/5720A
40 Hz 30 Hz
5725A
1000
Voltage
7
2.2 x 10 V-Hz
15 Hz
100
Volt-Hertz Capability
10
5700A-03
3.5 V
0
10 Hz 50 Hz 1 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 30 MHz
Frequency
Figure A.
1-27
Service Manual
1-31. Resistance Specifications
5720A Series II Resistance Specifications

Absolute Uncertainty of Characterized Value Relative Uncertainty
[1]
Nominal Value ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C
(Ω) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days
±ppm
0 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ
1 85 95 100 110 32 40
1.9 85 95 100 110 25 33
10 23 25 26 27 5 8
19 23 25 26 27 4 7
100 10 11 11.5 12 2 4
190 10 11 11.5 12 2 4
1k 8 9 9.5 10 2 3
1.9 k 8 9 9.5 10 2 3
10 k 8 9 9.5 10 2 3
19 k 9 9 9.5 10 2 3
100 k 9 11 12 13 2 3
190 k 9 11 12 13 2 3
1M 16 18 20 23 2.5 5
1.9 M 17 19 21 24 3 6
10 M 33 37 40 46 10 14
19 M 43 47 50 55 20 24
100 M 100 110 115 120 50 60
0 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 40 μΩ 40 μΩ
1 70 80 85 95 27 35
1.9 70 80 85 95 20 26
10 20 21 22 23 4 7
19 20 21 22 23 3.5 6
100 8 9 9.5 10 1.6 3.5
190 8 9 9.5 10 1.6 3.5
1k 6.5 7.5 8 8.5 1.6 2.5
1.9 k 6.5 7.5 8 8.5 1.6 2.5
10 k 6.5 7.5 8 8.5 1.6 2.5
19 k 7.5 7.5 8 8.5 1.6 2.5
100 k 7.5 9 10 11 1.6 2.5
190 k 7.5 9 10 11 1.6 2.5
1M 13 15 17 20 2 4
1.9 M 14 16 18 21 2.5 4
10 M 27 31 34 40 8 12
19 M 35 39 42 47 16 20
100 M 85 95 100 100 40 50
Note:
1. Specifications apply to displayed value. 4-wire connections, except 100 MΩ.
1-28
5700A Series II Resistance Specifications
Absolute Uncertainty of Characterized Value Relative Uncertainty
[1]
Nominal Value ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C
(Ω) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days
±ppm
0 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ
1 85 95 100 110 32 40
1.9 85 95 100 110 25 33
10 26 28 30 33 5 8
19 24 26 28 31 4 7
100 15 17 18 20 2 4
190 15 17 18 20 2 4
1k 11 12 13 15 2 3.5
1.9 k 11 12 13 15 2 3.5
10 k 9 11 12 14 2 3.5
19 k 9 11 12 14 2 3.5
100 k 11 13 14 16 2 3.5
190 k 11 13 14 16 2 3.5
1M 16 18 20 23 2.5 5
1.9 M 17 19 21 24 3.5 6
10 M 33 37 40 46 10 14
19 M 43 47 50 55 20 24
100 M 110 120 125 130 50 60
0 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ 50 μΩ
1 70 80 85 95 32 40
1.9 70 80 85 95 25 33
10 21 23 27 28 5 8
19 20 22 24 27 4 7
100 13 14 15 17 2 4
190 13 14 15 17 2 4
1k 9 10 11 13 2 3.5
1.9 k 9 10 11 13 2 3.5
10 k 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 2 3.5
19 k 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 2 3.5
100 k 9 11 12 14 2 3.5
190 k 9 11 12 14 2 3.5
1M 13 15 17 20 2.5 5
1.9 M 14 16 18 21 3 6
10 M 27 31 34 40 10 14
19 M 35 39 42 47 20 24
100 M 90 100 105 110 50 60
Note:
1. Specifications apply to displayed value. 4-wire connections, except 100 MΩ.
1-29
Service Manual
Resistance Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics

Maximum
Two-Wire Adder
Temperature Coefficient Difference
[2] Maximum Active
Stability Adder Full Spec Load of [4]
Nominal Peak Compensation
± 1 °C
[1]
Range
[3] Characterized
Value Current to Nominal
24 Hours 0 - 10 °C IL - IU
(Ω) IMAX Lead Resistance
10 - 40 °C and (mA) Value
40 - 50 °C (mA)
0.1 Ω 1Ω
±ppm
±ppm ±ppm/°C ±mΩ
0 ⎯ ⎯ ⎯ 8 - 500 500 ⎯ 4μV 4μV
2 + Im 4 + Im
1 32 4 5 8 - 100 700 500 4μV 4μV

2 + Im 4 + Im
1.9 25 6 7 8 - 100 500 500 4μV 4μV

2 + Im 4 + Im
10 5 2 3 8 - 11 220 300 4μV 4μV

2 + Im 4 + Im
19 4 2 3 8 - 11 160 300 4μV 4μV

2 + Im 4 + Im
100 2 2 3 8 - 11 70 150 4μV 4μV

2 + Im 4 + Im
190 2 2 3 8 - 11 50 150 4μV 4μV

2 + Im 4 + Im
1k 2 2 3 1-2 22 150 10 15
1.9 k 2 2 3 1 - 1.5 16 150 10 15
10 k 2 2 3 100 - 500 μA 7 150 50 60
19 k 2 2 3 50 - 250 μA 5 150 100 120
100 k 2 2 3 10 - 100 μA 1 150 Im= Current produced
by Ohmmeter (A)
190 k 2 2 3 5 - 50 μA 500 μA 150
1M 2.5 2.5 6 5 - 20 μA 100 μA 200
1.9 M 3.5 3 10 2.5 - 10 μA 50 μA 200
10 M 10 5 20 0.5 - 2 μA 10 μA 300
19 M 20 8 40 0.25 - 1 μA 5 μA 300
100 M 50 12 100 50 - 200 nA 1 μA 500
Notes:
1. Stability specifications are included in the Absolute Uncertainty values in the primary specification tables.
2. Temperature coefficient is an adder to uncertainty specifications that does not apply unless operated more than 5 °C from calibration
temperature, or calibrated outside the range 19 °C to 24 °C. Two examples:
- Calibrate at 20 °C: Temperature coefficient adder is not required unless operated below 15 °C or above 25 °C.
- Calibrate at 26 °C: Add 2 °C temperature coefficient adder. Additional temperature coefficient adder is not required unless operated
below 21 °C or above 31 °C.
3. Refer to current derating factors table for loads outside of this range.
4. Active two-wire compensation may be selected for values less than 100 kΩ, with either the front panel or the meter input terminals as
reference plane. Active compensation is limited to 11 mA load, and to 2 V burden. Two-wire compensation can be used only with Ω-
meters that source continuous (not pulsed) dc current.
1-30
Current Derating Factors
Value of Derating Factor K for Over or Under Current
Nominal Value
Two-Wire Comp Four-Wire Four-Wire
(Ω) [1] [1] [2]
I < IL I < IL IU < I < IMAX
SHORT 4.4 0.3 ⎯

-5
1 4.4 300 4 x10
-4
1.9 4.4 160 1.5 x 10
-3
10 4.4 30 1.6 x 10
-3
19 4.4 16 3 x 10
-2
100 4.4 3.5 1 x 10
-2
190 4.4 2.5 1.9 x 10
1k 4.4 0.4 0.1
1.9 k 4.4 0.4 0.19
10 k 5000 50 2.0
19 k 5000 50 3.8
-5
100 k ⎯ 7.5 2 x 10
-5
190 k ⎯ 4.0 3.8 x 10
-4
1M ⎯ 1.0 1.5 x 10
-4
1.9 M ⎯ 0.53 2.9 x 10
-3
10 M ⎯ 0.2 1 x 10
-3
19 M ⎯ 0.53 1.9 x 10
100 M 0.1 ⎯
Notes:
1. For I < I L, errors occur due to thermally generated voltages within the 5720A. Use the following equation to determine the error,
and add this error to the corresponding uncertainty or stability specification.
Error = K(I L - I)/( I L x I)
Where: Error is in mΩ for all two-wire comp values and four-wire short, and in ppm for the remaining four-wire values.
K is the constant from the above table;
I and IL are expressed in mA for short to 1.9 kΩ;
I and IL are expressed inμA for 10 kΩ to 100 MΩ
2. For IU < I < IMAX errors occur due to self-heating of the resistors in the calibrator. Use the following equation to determine the
error in ppm and add this error to the corresponding uncertainty or stability specification.
Error in ppm = K(I2-IU2)
Where: K is the constant from the above table;
I and IU are expressed in mA for short to 19 kΩ;
I and IU are expressed in μA for 100 kΩ to 100 MΩ
1-31
Service Manual
1-32. DC Current Specifications
5720A Series II DC Current Specifications

Absolute Uncertainty
[2] Relative Uncertainty ± 1 °C
Resolution ± 5 °C from calibration temperature
Range
nA ± (ppm output + nA)
220 μA 0.1 40 + 7 42 + 7 45 + 7 50 + 7 24 + 2 26 + 2
2.2 mA 1 30 + 8 35 + 8 37 + 8 40 + 8 24 + 5 26 + 5
22 mA 10 30 + 50 35 + 50 37 + 50 40 + 50 24 + 50 26 + 50
μA ± (ppm output + μA)
[1]
220 mA 0.1 40 + 0.8 45 + 0.8 47 + 0.8 50 + 0.8 26 + 0.3 30 + 0.3
[1]
2.2 A 1 60 + 15 70 + 15 80 + 15 90 + 15 40 + 7 45 + 7
5725A Amplifier:
11 A 10 330 + 470 340 + 480 350 + 480 360 + 480 100 + 130 110 + 130
220 μA 0.1 32 + 6 35 + 6 37 + 6 40 + 6 20 + 1.6 22 + 1.6
2.2 mA 1 25 + 7 30 + 7 33 + 7 35 + 7 20 + 4 22 + 4
22 mA 10 25 + 40 30 + 40 33 + 40 35 + 40 20 + 40 22 + 40
[1]
220 mA 0.1 35 + 0.7 40 + 0.7 42 + 0.7 45 + 0.7 22 + 0.25 25 + 0.25
[1]
2.2 A 1 50 + 12 60 + 12 70 + 12 80 + 12 32 + 6 40 + 6
5725A Amplifier:
11 A 10 330 + 470 340 + 480 350 + 480 360 + 480 100 + 130 110 + 130
Note:
Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 mA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased
by a factor of 1.3 when supplied through 5725A terminals.
Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations.
1. Add to uncertainty specifications:
±200 x I2 ppm for >100 mA on 220 mA range
±10 x I2 ppm for >1 A on 2.2 A range
2. For fields strengths >0.4 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 1 % of range.
1-32
5700A Series II DC Current Specifications
[2] Relative Uncertainty ± 1 °C
Resolution ± 5 °C from calibration temperature
Range
220 μA 0.1 45 + 10 50 + 10 55 + 10 60 + 10 24 + 2 26 + 2
2.2 mA 1 45 + 10 50 + 10 55 + 10 60 + 10 24 + 5 26 + 5
22 mA 10 45 + 100 50 + 100 55 + 100 60 + 100 24 + 50 26 + 50
[1]
220 mA 0.1 55 + 1 60 + 1 65 + 1 70 + 1 26 + 0.3 30 + 0.3
[1]
2.2 A 1 75 + 30 80 + 30 90 + 30 95 + 30 40 + 7 45 + 7
5725A Amplifier:
11 A 10 330 + 470 340 + 480 350 + 480 360 + 480 100 + 130 110 + 130
220 μA 0.1 35 + 8 40 + 8 45 + 8 50 + 8 20 + 1.6 22 + 1.6
2.2 mA 1 35 + 8 40 + 8 45 + 8 50 + 8 20 + 4 22 + 4
22 mA 10 35 + 80 40 + 80 45 + 80 50 + 80 20 + 40 22 + 40
[1]
220 mA 0.1 45 + 0.8 50 + 0.8 55 + 0.8 60 + 0.8 22 + 0.25 25 + 0.25
[1]
2.2 A 1 60 + 25 65 + 25 75 + 25 80 + 25 35 + 6 40 + 6
5725A Amplifier:
11 A 10 330 + 470 340 + 480 350 + 480 360 + 480 100 + 130 110 + 130
Note:
Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 mA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased
by a factor of 1.3 when supplied through 5725A terminals.
Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations.
1. Add to uncertainty specifications:
±200 x I2 ppm for >100 mA on 220 mA range
±10 x I2 ppm for >1 A on 2.2 A range
1-33
Service Manual
DC Current Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics

Temperature Noise
[2]
Coefficient
Stability
[1] Burden Maximum Bandwidth Bandwidth
± 1 °C 0 - 10 °C
Compliance Voltage Load for Full 0.1-10 Hz 10 Hz-10
Range 24 Hours 10 - 40 °C and Adder
[3]
Accuracy
[4]
Limits kHz
40 - 50 °C
(±nA/V) (Ω) pk-pk RMS
± (ppm output + ppm output
± (ppm output + nA) / °C nA
nA) + nA
220 μA 5+1 1 + 0.40 3+1 10 0.2 20k 6 + .9 10
2.2 mA 5+5 1+2 3 + 10 10 0.2 2k 6+5 10
22 mA 5 + 50 1 + 20 3 + 100 10 10 200 6 + 50 50
220 mA 8 + 300 1 + 200 3 + 1 μA 10 100 20 9 + 300 500
[5]
2.2 A 9 + 7 μA 1 + 2.5 μA 3 + 10 μA 3 2 μA 2 12 + 1.5 μA 20 μA
± (ppm output ppm output
5725A ± (ppm output + μA) / °C μA
+ μA) + μA
11 A 25 + 100 20 + 75 30 + 120 4 0 4 15 + 70 175
Notes:
Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 mA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of
1.3 when supplied through 5725A terminals.
1. Stability specifications are included in the Absolute Uncertainty values for the primary specifications.
2. Temperature coefficient is an adder to uncertainty specifications. It does not apply unless operating more than ±5 °C from calibration
temperature.
3. Burden voltage adder is an adder to uncertainty specifications that does not apply unless burden voltage is greater than 0.5 V.
0.1 x actual load
4. For higher loads, multiply uncertainty specification by: 1+
maximum load for full accuracy
5. The calibrator’s compliance limit is 2 V for outputs from 1 A to 2.2 A. 5725A Amplifier may be used in range-lock mode down to 0 A.
Minimum Output: ................................................. 0 for all ranges, including 5725A.

Settling Time: ....................................................... 1 second for mA and mA ranges; 3 seconds for 2.2 A range; 6 seconds
for 11 range; + 1 second for range or polarity change
Overshoot: ............................................................ <5 %
1-34
1-33. AC Current Specifications
5720A Series II AC Current Specifications: 99 % Confidence Level

[1]
Range Resolution
± (ppm output + nA)
10 - 20 260 + 20 280 + 20 290 + 20 300 + 20 260 + 20 280 + 20
20 - 40 170 + 12 180 + 12 190 + 12 200 + 12 130 + 12 150 + 12
220 μA 1 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 10 130 + 10 135 + 10 140 + 10 100 + 10 110 + 10
1k - 5 k 300 + 15 320 + 15 340 + 15 350 + 15 250 + 15 280 + 15
5k - 10 k 1000 + 80 1100 + 80 1200 + 80 1300 + 80 900 + 80 1000 + 80
10 - 20 260 + 50 280 + 50 290 + 50 300 + 50 260 + 50 280 + 50
20 - 40 170 + 40 180 + 40 190 + 40 200 + 40 130 + 40 150 + 40
2.2 mA 10 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 40 130 + 40 135 + 40 140 + 40 100 + 40 110 + 40
1k - 5 k 210 + 130 220 + 130 230 + 130 240 + 130 250 + 130 280 + 130
5k - 10 k 1000 + 800 1100 + 800 1200 + 800 1300 + 800 900 + 800 1000 + 800
10 - 20 260 + 500 280 + 500 290 + 500 300 + 500 260 + 500 280 + 500
20 - 40 170 + 400 180 + 400 190 + 400 200 + 400 130 + 400 150 + 400
22 mA 100 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 400 130 + 400 135 + 400 140 + 400 100 + 400 110 + 400
1k - 5 k 210 + 700 220 + 700 230 + 700 240 + 700 250 + 700 280 + 700
5k - 10 k 1000 + 6000 1100 + 6000 1200 + 6000 1300 + 6000 900 + 6000 1000 + 6000
± (ppm output + μA)
10 - 20 260 + 5 280 + 5 290 + 5 300 + 5 260 + 5 280 + 5
20 - 40 170 + 4 180 + 4 190 + 4 200 + 4 130 + 4 150 + 4
220 mA 1 μA 40 - 1 k 120 + 3 130 + 3 135 + 3 140 + 3 100 + 3 110 + 3
1k - 5 k 210 + 4 220 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 250 + 4 280 + 4
5k - 10 k 1000 + 12 1100 + 12 1200 + 12 1300 + 12 900 + 12 1000 + 12
20 - 1 k 290 + 40 300 + 40 310 + 40 320 + 40 300 + 40 350 + 40
2.2 A 10 μA 1k-5k 440 + 100 460 + 100 480 + 100 500 + 100 500 + 100 520 + 100
5 k - 10 k 6000 + 200 7000 + 200 7500 + 200 8000 + 200 6000 + 200 7000 + 200
5725A Amplifier:
40 - 1 k 370 + 170 400 + 170 440 + 170 460 + 170 300 + 170 330 + 170
11 A 100 μA 1k-5k 800 + 380 850 + 380 900 + 380 950 + 380 700 + 380 800 + 380
5 k - 10 k 3000 + 750 3300 + 750 3500 + 750 3600 + 750 2800 + 750 3200 + 750
Note:
Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 μA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor
of 1.3 plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. For the 5720A 220 μA range, 1 kHz through 5 kHz and 5 kHz through 10 kHz,
when the output is coming from the AUX current terminal, use the 5700A Absolute Uncertainty Specifications. Specifications are
otherwise identical for all output locations.
1-35
Service Manual
5720A Series II AC Current Specifications: 95% Confidence Level

[1]
Range Resolution
10 - 20 210 + 16 230 + 16 240 + 16 250 + 16 210 + 16 230 + 16
20 - 40 130 + 10 140 + 10 150 + 10 160 + 10 110 + 10 130 + 10
220 μA 1 nA 40 - 1 k 100 + 8 110 + 8 115 + 8 120 + 8 80 + 8 90 + 8
1k - 5 k 240 + 12 250 + 12 270 + 12 280 + 12 200 + 12 230 + 12
5k - 10 k 800 + 65 900 + 65 1000 + 65 1100 + 65 700 + 65 800 + 65
10 - 20 210 + 40 230 + 40 240 + 40 250 + 40 210 + 40 230 + 40
20 - 40 140 + 35 140 + 35 150 + 35 160 + 35 110 + 35 130 + 35
2.2 mA 10 nA 40 - 1 k 100 + 35 110 + 35 115 + 35 120 + 35 80 + 35 90 + 35
1k - 5 k 170 + 110 180 + 110 190 + 110 200 + 110 200 + 110 230 + 110
5k - 10 k 800 + 650 900 + 650 1000 + 650 1100 + 650 700 + 650 800 + 650
10 - 20 210 + 400 230 + 400 240 + 400 250 + 400 210 + 400 230 + 400
20 - 40 130 + 350 140 + 350 150 + 350 160 + 350 110 + 350 130 + 350
22 mA 100 nA 40 - 1 k 100 + 350 110 + 350 115 + 350 120 + 350 80 + 350 90 + 350
1k - 5 k 170 + 550 180 + 550 190 + 550 200 + 550 200 + 550 230 + 550
5k - 10 k 800 + 5000 900 + 5000 1000 + 5000 1100 + 5000 700 + 5000 800 + 5000
10 - 20 210 + 4 230 + 4 240 + 4 250 + 4 210 + 4 230 + 4
20 - 40 130 + 3.5 140 + 3.5 150 + 3.5 160 + 3.5 110 + 3.5 130 + 3.5
220 mA 1 μA 40 - 1 k 100 + 2.5 110 + 2.5 115 + 2.5 120 + 2.5 80 + 2.5 90 + 2.5
1k - 5 k 170 + 3.5 180 + 3.5 190 + 3.5 200 + 3.5 200 + 3.5 230 + 3.5
5k - 10 k 800 + 10 900 + 10 1000 + 10 1100 + 10 700 + 10 800 + 10
20 - 1 k 230 + 35 240 + 35 250 + 35 260 + 35 250 + 35 300 + 35
2.2 A 10 μA 1k-5k 350 + 80 390 + 80 420 + 80 450 + 80 400 + 80 440 + 80
5 k - 10 k 5000 + 160 6000 + 160 6500 + 160 7000 + 160 5000 + 160 6000 + 160
5725A Amplifier:
40 - 1 k 370 + 170 400 + 170 440 + 170 460 + 170 300 + 170 330 + 170
11 A 100 μA 1k-5k 800 + 380 850 + 380 900 + 380 950 + 380 700 + 380 800 + 38
5 k - 10 k 3000 + 750 3300 + 750 3500 + 750 3600 + 750 2800 + 750 3200 + 750
Note:
Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 μA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by 1.3
plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. For the 5720A 220 μA range, 1 kHz through 5 kHz and 5 kHz through 10 kHz, when
the output is coming from the AUX current terminal, use the 5700A Absolute Uncertainty Specifications. Specifications are otherwise
identical for all output locations.
1-36
[1]
Frequency( ± 5 °C from calibration temperature ± 1 °C
Range Resolution
Hz) 24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year 24 Hours 90 Days
10 - 20 650 + 30 700 + 30 750 + 30 800 + 30 450 + 30 500 + 30
20 - 40 350 + 25 380 + 25 410 + 25 420 + 25 270 + 25 300 + 25
220 μA 1 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 20 140 + 20 150 + 20 160 + 20 110 + 20 120 + 20
1k - 5 k 500 + 50 600 + 50 650 + 50 700 + 50 450 + 50 500 + 50
5k - 10 k 1500 + 100 1600 + 100 1700 + 100 1800 + 100 1400 + 100 1500 + 100
10 - 20 650 + 50 700 + 50 750 + 50 800 + 50 450 + 50 500 + 50
20 - 40 350 + 40 380 + 40 410 + 40 420 + 40 270 + 40 300 + 40
2.2 mA 10 nA 40 - 1 k 120 + 40 140 + 40 150 + 40 160 + 40 110 + 40 120 + 40
1k - 5 k 500 + 500 600 + 500 650 + 500 700 + 500 450 + 500 500 + 500
5k - 10 k 1500 + 1000 1600 + 1000 1700 + 1000 1800 + 1000 1400 + 1000 1500 + 1000
10 - 20 650 + 500 700 + 500 750 + 500 800 + 500 450 + 500 500 + 500
20 - 40 350 + 400 380 + 400 410 + 400 420 + 400 270 + 400 300 + 400
40 - 1 k 120 + 400 140 + 400 150 + 400 160 + 400 110 + 400 120 + 400
22 mA 100 nA
1k - 5 k 500 + 5000 600 + 5000 650 + 5000 700 + 5000 450 + 5000 500 + 5000
5k - 10 k 1500 + 1600 + 10,000 1700 + 10,000 1800 + 10,000 1400 + 10,000 1500 +
10,000 10,000
10 - 20 650 + 5 700 + 5 750 + 5 800 + 5 450 + 5 500 + 5
20 - 40 350 + 4 380 + 4 410 + 4 420 + 4 280 + 4 300 + 4
220 mA 1 μA 40 - 1 k 120 + 4 150 + 4 170 + 4 180 + 4 110 + 4 130 + 4
1k - 5 k 500 + 50 600 + 50 650 + 50 700 + 50 450 + 50 500 + 50
5k - 10 k 1500 + 100 1600 + 100 1700 + 100 1800 + 100 1400 + 100 1500 + 100
20 - 1 k 600 + 40 650 + 40 700 + 40 750 + 40 600 + 40 650 + 40
2.2 A 10 μA 1k-5k 700 + 100 750 + 100 800 + 100 850 + 100 650 + 100 750 + 100
5 k - 10 k 8000 + 200 9000 + 200 9500 + 200 10,000 + 200 7500 + 200 8500 + 200
5725A Amplifier:
40 - 1 k 370 + 170 400 + 170 440 + 170 460 + 170 300 + 170 330 + 170
11 A 100 μA 1k-5k 800 + 380 850 + 380 900 + 380 950 + 380 700 + 380 800 + 380
5 k - 10 k 3000 + 750 3300 + 750 3500 + 750 3600 + 750 2800 + 750 3200 + 750
Note:
Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 μA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of
1.3 plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations.
1. For field strengths >0.4 V/m but ≤3 V/m, add 1 % of range.
1-37
Service Manual

[1]
Range Resolution
220 μA 1 nA 10 - 20 550 + 25 600 + 25 650 + 25 700 + 25 375 + 25 400 + 25
20 - 40 280 + 20 310 + 20 330 + 20 350 + 20 220 + 20 250 + 20
40 - 1 k 100 + 16 120 + 16 130 + 16 140 + 16 90 + 16 100 + 16
1k - 5 k 400 + 40 500 + 40 550 + 40 600 + 40 375 + 40 400 + 40
5k - 10 k 1300 + 80 1400 + 80 1500 + 80 1600 + 80 1200 + 80 1200 +80
2.2 mA 10 nA 10 - 20 550 + 40 600 + 40 650 + 40 700 + 40 375 + 40 400 + 40
20 - 40 280 + 35 310 + 35 330 + 35 350 + 35 220 + 35 250 + 35
40 - 1 k 100 + 35 120 + 35 130 + 35 140 + 35 090 + 35 100 + 35
1k - 5 k 400 + 400 500 + 400 550 + 400 600 + 400 375 + 400 400 + 400
5k - 10 k 1300 + 800 1400 + 800 1500 + 800 1600 + 800 1200 + 800 1200 + 800
22 mA 100 nA 10 - 20 550 + 400 600 + 400 650 + 400 700 + 400 375 + 400 400 + 400
20 - 40 280 + 350 310 + 350 330 + 350 350 + 350 220 + 350 250 + 350
40 - 1 k 100 + 350 120 + 350 130 + 350 140 + 350 090 + 350 100 + 350
1k - 5 k 400 + 4000 500 + 4000 550 + 4000 600 + 4000 375 + 4000 400 + 4000
5k - 10 k 1300 + 8000 1400 + 8000 1500 + 8000 1600 + 8000 1200 + 8000 1200 + 8000
220 mA 1 μA 10 - 20 550 + 4 600 + 4 650 + 4 700 + 4 375 + 4 400 + 4
20 - 40 280 + 3.5 310 + 3.5 330 + 3.5 350 + 3.5 220 + 3.5 250 + 3.5
40 - 1 k 100 + 3.5 120 + 3.5 130 + 3.5 140 + 3.5 90 + 3.5 100 + 3.5
1k - 5 k 400 + 40 500 + 40 550 + 40 600 + 40 375 + 40 400 + 40
5k - 10 k 1300 + 80 1400 + 80 1500 + 80 1600 + 80 1200 + 80 1200 + 80
2.2 A 10 μA 20 - 1 k 500 + 35 550 + 35 600 + 35 650 + 35 500 + 35 550 + 35
1k-5k 600 + 80 650 + 80 700 + 80 750 + 80 550 + 80 650 + 80
5 k - 10 k 6500 + 160 7500 + 160 8000 + 1600 8500 + 160 6000 + 160 7000 + 160
5725A Amplifier:
11 A 100 μA 40 - 1 k 370 + 170 400 + 170 440 + 170 460 + 170 300 + 170 330 + 170
1k-5k 800 + 380 850 + 380 900 + 380 950 + 380 700 + 380 800 + 380
5 k - 10 k 3000 + 750 3300 + 750 3500 + 750 3600 + 750 2800 + 750 3200 + 750
Note:
Maximum output from the calibrator’s terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 A and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a
factor of 1.3 plus 2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations.
1-38
AC Current Secondary Performance Specifications and Operating Characteristics
Temperature Maximum Noise and
[1] Coefficient
[2] Resistive Distortion
Stability ± 1 °C Compliance Load
Frequency (Bandwidth
Range 24 Hours 0 - 10 °C and Limits
(Hz) 10 - 40 °C For Full 10 Hz - 50 kHz
40 - 50 °C (V rms) Accuracy
[3]
<0.5V Burden)
± (ppm output + nA) ± (ppm output + nA)/°C (Ω) ± (% output + μA)
[6]
220 μA 10 - 20 150 + 5 50 + 5 50 + 5 7 2k 0.05 + 0.1
20 - 40 80 + 5 20 + 5 20 + 5 0.05 + 0.1
40 - 1 k 30 + 3 4 + 0.5 10 + 0.5 0.05 + 0.1
1k-5k 50 + 20 10 + 1 20 + 1 0.25 + 0.5
5 k - 10 k 400 + 100 20 + 100 20 + 100 00.5 + 1
2.2 mA 10 - 20 150 + 5 50 + 5 50 + 5 7 500 0.05 + 0.1
20 - 40 80 + 5 20 + 4 20 + 4 0.05 + 0.1
40 - 1 k 30 + 3 4+1 10 + 2 0.05 + 0.1
1k-5k 50 + 20 10 + 100 20 + 100 0.25 + 0.5
5 k - 10 k 400 + 100 50 + 400 50 + 400 00.5 + 1
22 mA 10 - 20 150 + 50 50 + 10 50 + 10 7 150 0.05 + 0.1
20 - 40 80 + 50 20 + 10 20 + 10 0.05 + 0.1
40 - 1 k 30 + 30 4 + 10 10 + 20 0.05 + 0.1
1k-5k 50 + 500 10 + 500 20 + 400 0.25 + 0.5
5 k - 10 k 400 + 1000 50 + 1000 50 + 1000 00.5 + 1
Hz ± (ppm output + μA) ± (ppm output + μA) / °C
220 mA 10 - 20 150 + 0.5 50 + 0.05 50 + 0.05 7 15 0.05 + 10
20 - 40 80 + 0.5 20 + 0.05 20 + 0.05 0.05 + 10
40 - 1 k 30 + 0.3 4 + 0.1 10 + 0.1 0.05 + 10
1k-5k 50 + 3 10 + 2 20 + 2 0.25 + 50
5 k - 10 k 400 + 5 50 + 5 50 + 5 00.5 + 100
[4]
2.2 A 20 - 1 k 50 + 5 4+1 10 + 1 1.4 0.5 0.5 + 100
1k-5k 80 + 20 10 + 5 20 + 5 0.3 + 500
5 k - 10 k 800 + 50 50 + 10 50 + 10 0 1 + 1 mA
5725A Amplifier: ± (% output)
[5]
11 A 40 - 1 k 75 + 100 20 + 75 30 + 75 3 3 0.05
[5]
1k-5k 100 + 150 40 + 75 50 + 75 0.12
[5]
5 k - 10 k 200 + 300 100 + 75 100 + 75 0.5
Notes:
Maximum output from 5720A terminals is 2.2 A. Uncertainty specifications for 220 μA and 2.2 mA ranges are increased by a factor of 1.3, plus
2 μA when supplied through 5725A terminals. Specifications are otherwise identical for all output locations.
1. Stability specifications are included in the Absolute Uncertainty values for the primary specifications.
2. Temperature coefficient is an adder to uncertainty specifications that does not apply unless operating more than ±5 °C from calibration
temperature.
2
actual load
3. For larger resistive loads multiply uncertainty specifications by: ( )
maximum load for full accuracy
4. 1.5 V compliance limit above 1 A. 5725A Amplifier may be used in range-lock mode down to 1 A.
5. For resistive loads within rated compliance voltage limits.
6. For outputs from the Aux Current terminals, the maximum resistive load for full accuracy is 1 kΩ. For larger resistive loads, multiply the
uncertainty as described in Note 3.
Minimum Output ....................................................9 μA for 220 μA range, 10 % on all other ranges. 1 A minimum for 5725A.
Inductive Load Limits............................................400 μH (5700A/5720A, or 5725A). 20 μH for 5700A/5720A output >1 A.
Power Factors........................................................5700A/5720A, 0.9 to 1; 5725A, 0.1 to 1. Subject to compliance voltage
limits.
Frequency:
Range (Hz)..........................................................10.000 - 11.999, 12.00 - 119.99, 120.0 - 1199.9, 1.200 k - 10.000 k
Uncertainty ....................................................±0.01 %
Resolution .....................................................11,999 counts
Settling Time ......................................................5 seconds for 5700A/5720A ranges; 6 seconds for 5725A 11 A range; +1
second for amplitude or frequency range change.
Overshoot...........................................................<10 %
1-39
Service Manual
1-34. Wideband AC Voltage (Option 5700-03) Specifications

Specifications apply to the end of the cable and 50 Ω termination used for calibration.
Range ± 5 °C from calibration temperature
Resolution 30 Hz - 500 kHz
24 Hours 90 Days 180 Days 1 Year
Volts dBm
± (% output + μV)
1.1 mV −46 10 nV 0.4 + 0.4 0.5 + 0.4 0.6 + 0.4 0.8 + 2
3 mV −37 10 nV 0.4 + 1 0.45 + 1 0.5 + 1 0.7 + 3
11 mV −26 100 nV 0.2 + 4 0.35 + 4 0.5 + 4 0.7 + 8
33 mV −17 100 nV 0.2 + 10 0.3 + 10 0.45 + 10 0.6 + 16
110 mV −6.2 1 μV 0.2 + 40 0.3 + 40 0.45 + 40 0.6 + 40
330 mV +3.4 1 μV 0.2 + 100 0.25 + 100 0.35 + 100 0.5 + 100
1.1 V +14 10 μV 0.2 + 400 0.25 + 400 0.35 + 400 0.5 + 400
3.5 V +24 10 μV 0.15 + 500 0.2 + 500 0.3 + 500 0.4 + 500
Amplitude Flatness, 1 kHz Reference Settling Time

Frequency Voltage Range Temperature Harmonic
Frequency To Full
Resolution Coefficient Distortion
(Hz) 1.1 mV 3 mV > 3 mV Accuracy
(Hz) ± ppm/°C (dB)
± (% output + floor indicated) (Seconds)
10 - 30 0.01 0.3 0.3 0.3 100 7 -40
30 - 120 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 100 7 -40
120 - 1.2 k 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 100 5 -40
1.2 k - 12 k 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 100 5 -40
12 k - 120 k 10 0.1 0.1 0.1 100 5 -40
120 k - 1.2 M 100 0.2 + 3 μV 0.1 + 3 μV 0.1 + 3 μV 100 5 -40
[1]
1.2 M - 2 M 100 k 0.2 + 3 μV 0.1 + 3 μV 0.1 + 3 μV 100 0.5 -40
2 M - 10 M 100 k 0.4 + 3 μV 0.3 + 3 μV 0.2 + 3 μV 100 0.5 -40
10 M - 20 M 1M 0.6 + 3 μV 0.5 + 3 μV 0.4 + 3 μV 150 0.5 -34
20 M - 30 M 1M 1.5 + 15 μV 1.5 + 3 μV 1 + 3 μV 300 0.5 -34
Note:
[1] For output voltages < 50 % of full range in the 33 mV, 110 mV, 330 mV, 1.1 V , and 3.5 V ranges, add 0.1 % to the amplitude flatness
specification.
Additional Operating Information:
dBm reference = 50 Ω
Range boundaries are at voltage points, dBm levels are approximate.
Power
dBm = 10 log ( ) ; 0.22361 V across 50 Ω = 1 mW or 0 dBm
1 mW
Minimum Output ................................................... 300 μV (−57 dBm)

Frequency Uncertainty ......................................... ± 0.01 %
Frequency Resolution .......................................... 11,999 counts to 1.1999 MHz, 119 counts to 30 MHz
Overload Protection.............................................. A short circuit on the wideband output will not result in damage. After
settling time, normal operation is restored upon removal.
1-40
1-35. Auxiliary Amplifier Specifications
For complete specifications, see the 5205A and 5220A Operators Manuals.
5205A (220V - 1100 V ac, 0 V - 1100 V dc)
Overshoot: < 10 %
Distortion (bandwidth 10 Hz - 1 MHz):
10 Hz - 20 kHz ................................................ 0.07 %
20 kHz - 50 kHz .............................................. 0.2 %
50 kHz - 100 kHz ............................................ 0.25 %
90 Day Accuracy Temperature Coefficient for
Frequency
at 23 ± 5 °C 0 - 18 °C and 28 - 50 °C
(Hz)
± (% output + % range) ± (ppm output + ppm range) / °C
0 dc 0.05 + 0.005 15 + 3
10 - 40 0.15 + 0.005 45 + 3
40 - 20 k 0.04 + 0.004 15 + 3
20 k - 50 k 0.08 + 0.006 50 + 10
50 k - 100 k 0.1 + 0.01 70 + 20
5220A (AC Current, 180-day specifications):

Accuracy:
20 Hz - 1 kHz ................................................. 0.07 % + 1 mA
1 kHz - 5 kHz .................................................. (0.07 % + 1mA) x frequency in kHz
Temperature Coefficient (0 - 18 °C and 28 - 50 °C):
(0.003 % + 100A) / °C
Distortion (bandwidth 300 kHz):
20 Hz - 1 kHz .................................................. 0.1% + 1 mA
1 kHz - 5 kHz .................................................. (0.1% + 1 mA) x frequency in kHz
Note: 5700A/5720A combined with 5220A is not specified for inductive loads.
1-41
Service Manual
1-42
Chapter 2
Theory of Operation
Title Page
2-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 2-3

2-2. Calibrator Overview ............................................................................. 2-3
2-3. Internal References........................................................................... 2-3
2-4. Hybrid Reference Amplifiers ....................................................... 2-3
2-5. Fluke Thermal Sensor (FTS)........................................................ 2-3
2-6. Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). ........................................... 2-4
2-7. Digital Section Overview...................................................................... 2-4
2-8. Analog Section Overview..................................................................... 2-4
2-9. Functional Description Presented by Output Function......................... 2-6
2-10. DC Voltage Functional Description ................................................. 2-7
2-11. AC Voltage Functional Description ................................................. 2-10
2-12. Wideband AC V Functional Description (Option -03) .................... 2-11
2-13. DC Current Functional Description.................................................. 2-11
2-14. AC Current Functional Description.................................................. 2-11
2-15. Ohms Functional Description........................................................... 2-12
2-1
Service Manual
2-2
Theory of Operation
Introduction 2
2-1. Introduction
This section provides a block diagram discussion of the calibrator’s analog and digital
sections.
2-2. Calibrator Overview

Figures 2-1, 2-2, and 2-3 comprise the block diagram of the Calibrator. These figures are
presented further on in the Analog Section Overview and the Digital Section Overview.
The Calibrator is configured internally as an automated calibration system with process
controls and consistent procedures. Internal microprocessors control all functions and
monitor performance, using a switching matrix to route signals between modules.
Complete automatic internal diagnostics, both analog and digital, confirm operational
integrity.
The heart of the measurement system is a 5 1/2-digit adc (analog-to-digital converter),
which is used in a differential mode with the Calibrator dac. (The dac is described next
under "Internal References.")
2-3. Internal References

The major references that form the basis of the Calibrator's accuracy are the hybrid
reference amplifiers, patented Fluke solid-state thermal rms sensors, an extremely linear
dac, and two internal precision resistors.
2-4. Hybrid Reference Amplifiers

A precision source can only be as accurate as its internal references, so the dc voltage
reference for the Calibrator was chosen with extreme care. Years of data collection have
proven the ovenized reference amplifier to be the best reference device available for
modern, ultra-stable voltage standards.
In a microprocessor-controlled precision instrument such as the 5700A/5720A Series II,
the important characteristics of its dc voltage references are not the accuracy of the value
of the references, but rather their freedom from drift and hysteresis. (Hysteresis is the
condition of stabilizing at a different value after being turned off then on again.) The
5700A/5720A Series II hybrid reference amplifiers excel in both freedom from drift and
absence of hysteresis.
2-5. Fluke Thermal Sensor (FTS).

Thermal rms sensors, or ac converters, convert ac voltage to dc voltage with great
accuracy. These devices sense true rms voltage by measuring the heat generated by a
voltage through a known resistance.
Conventional thermal voltage converters suffer from two main sources of error. First,
they exhibit frequency response errors caused by component reactance. Second, they
have a poor signal-to-noise ratio because they operate at the millivolt level. The FTS has
a full-scale input and output of 2V and a flat frequency response.
After initial functional verification of the Fluke Thermal Sensors, their characteristics
only change by less than 1/10th of the allowed ac/dc error per year. External calibration
of the ac voltage function of the Calibrator consists of verifying that the Calibrator meets
its specifications.
2-3
Service Manual
2-6. Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC).

A patented 26-bit dac is used in the calibrator as a programmable voltage divider. The
dac is a pulse-width modulated (pwm) type with linearity better than 1 ppm (part-per-
million) from 1/10th scale to full scale.
2-7. Digital Section Overview

The unguarded Digital Section contains the CPU assembly (A20), Digital Power Supply
assembly (A19), Front Panel assembly (A2), Keyboard assembly (A1), and the
unguarded portion of the Rear Panel assembly (A21). Figure 2-1 is a block diagram of
the digital section of the Calibrator.
Power for the digital assemblies and the cooling fans is supplied by the Digital Power
Supply assembly.
The CPU (central processing unit) assembly is a single-board computer based on the
68HC000 microprocessor. It controls local and remote interfaces, as well as serial
communications over a fiber-optic link to the crossing portion of the Regulator/Guard
Crossing assembly (A17). The guard crossing controls the guarded analog circuitry.
A Keyboard assembly provides the user with front-panel control of the Calibrator. It
contains four LED's, a rotary edit knob, and a forty-five key keypad. It connects to the
Front Panel assembly via a cable.
The Front Panel assembly provides information to the user on an Output Display and a
Control Display. The Front Panel also contains circuitry that scans the keyboard and
encodes key data for the CPU.
The Rear Panel assembly includes digital interfaces for the following:
• IEEE-488 bus connection
• RS-232-C DTE serial port
• Auxiliary amplifier: the 5725A
2-8. Analog Section Overview

The guarded analog section contains the following assemblies:
• Wideband Output (A5) (Part of Option -03)
• Wideband Oscillator (A6) (Part of Option -03)
• Current/Hi-Res (A7)
• Switch Matrix (A8)
• Ohms Cal (A9)
• Ohms (A10)
• DAC (A11)
• Oscillator Control (A12)
• Oscillator Output (A13)
• High Voltage Control (A14)
• High Voltage/High Current (A15)
• Power Amplifier (A16)
• Regulator/Guard Crossing (A17)
• Filter/PA Supply (A18)
2-4
Theory of Operation
Analog Section Overview 2
ahp003f.eps
Figure 2-1. Digital Section Block Diagram
2-5
Service Manual
These analog assemblies are interfaced to the Analog Motherboard assembly (A3). The
guarded digital bus generated by the guard crossing portion of the Regulator/Guard
Crossing assembly controls all analog assemblies except the Filter/PA Supply. The Guard
Crossing interfaces with the unguarded CPU assembly via a fiber-optic link. The
Transformer assembly, along with the filter portion of the Filter/PA Supply assembly and
the regulator portion of the Regulator/Guard Crossing assembly, create the system power
supply for all the analog assemblies. The Power Amplifier Supply portion of the
Filter/PA Supply assembly provides the high voltage power supplies required by the
Power Amplifier assembly. The amplitudes of these high voltage supplies are controlled
by circuitry contained on the Power Amplifier assembly.
Figures 2-2 and 2-3 are block diagrams for the analog section of the Calibrator.
2-9. Functional Description Presented by Output Function

This part of the theory section presents Calibrator operation from the perspective of each
output function. It describes which assemblies come into play, and how they interact. It
does not provide a detailed circuit description.
2-6
Theory of Operation
Functional Description Presented by Output Function 2
2-10. DC Voltage Functional Description
The DAC assembly (A11) provides a stable dc voltage and is the basic building block of
the Calibrator. DC voltages are generated in six ranges:
• 220 mV
• 2.2V
• 11V
• 22V
• 220V
• 1100V
The 11V and 22V ranges are generated by the DAC assembly, with its output, DAC OUT
HI and DAC SENSE HI routed to the Switch Matrix assembly, where relays connect it to
INT OUT HI and INT SENSE HI. Lines INT OUT HI and INT SENSE HI connect to the
Calibrator binding posts by relays on the Analog Motherboard assembly (A3).
The 2.2V range is created on the Switch Matrix assembly by resistively dividing by five
the 11V range from the DAC assembly. Relays on the Switch Matrix and Analog
Motherboard route the 2.2V range output to the Calibrator binding posts.
The 220 mV range is an extension of the 2.2V range. The Switch Matrix assembly
resistively divides by ten the 2.2V range to create the 220 mV range. Relays on the
Switch Matrix and Analog Motherboard route the 220 mV range output to the front panel
binding posts.
The 220V range is generated by the DAC and Power Amplifier assemblies. The Power
Amplifier amplifies the 11V range of the DAC assembly by a gain of -20 to create the
220V range. The output of the Power Amplifier is routed to the High Voltage Control
assembly (A14), where a relay connects it to PA OUT DC. Line PA OUT DC is routed to
the binding posts via relays on the Switch Matrix and Analog Motherboard.
2-7
Service Manual
Figure 2-2. Analog Section Block Diagram, Part 1

(File ahp33f.eps is located in pagemaker and will be inserted when book is pdf'ed)
2-8
Theory of Operation
Figure 2-3. Analog Section Block Diagram, Part 2
(File is ahp34f.eps located in pagemaker and will be inserted when book is pdf'ed)
2-9
Service Manual
The 1100V range is generated by the High Voltage/High Current assembly (A15)
operating in conjunction with the Power Amplifier assembly and the High Voltage
Control assembly. The 11V range of the DAC assembly is routed to the High
Voltage/High Current assembly which amplifies by a gain of -100 to create the 1100V
range. Basically the high voltage output is obtained by rectifying and filtering a high
voltage ac signal generated by the High Voltage Control assembly operating in
conjunction with the Power Amplifier assembly.
2-11. AC Voltage Functional Description

The Oscillator Output assembly (A13) is the ac signal source for the Calibrator. The
Oscillator Control assembly (A12), controls the amplitude of this ac signal by comparing
it with the accurate dc voltage from the DAC assembly and making amplitude corrections
via the OSC CONT line. The frequency of oscillation is phase locked to either the high
resolution oscillator on the Current/Hi-Res (A7) assembly or an external signal connected
to the PHASE LOCK IN connector on the rear panel. AC voltages are generated in the
following ranges:
• 2.2 mV
• 22 mV
• 220 mV
• 2.2V
• 11V
• 22V
• 220V
• 1100V
The 2.2V and 22V ranges are generated by the Oscillator Output assembly and routed to
the Calibrator binding posts via relays on the Switch Matrix (A8) and Analog
Motherboard assemblies.
The 220 mV range is generated on the Switch Matrix assembly, which resistively divides
by ten the 2.2V range of the Oscillator Output assembly. Relays on the Switch Matrix
and Analog Motherboard route the 220 mV range to the Calibrator binding posts.
The 2.2 mV and 22 mV ranges are generated on the Switch Matrix assembly. In this
mode, the Switch Matrix resistively divides the 2.2V range or the 22V range by 1000 to
create the 2.2 mV and 22 mV ranges respectively. Relays on the Switch Matrix and
Analog Motherboard route these ranges to the Calibrator binding posts.
The 220V range is generated on the Power Amplifier assembly. In this mode, the Power
Amplifier is set for a nominal gain of -10 to amplify the 22V range from the Oscillator
Output to the 220V range. The 220V ac range from the Power Amplifier is routed to the
Calibrator binding posts by relays on the High Voltage Control assembly and the Analog
Motherboard.
The 1100V range is generated by the High Voltage Control assembly operating in
conjunction with the Power Amplifier assembly. In this mode, the 22V range from the
Oscillator Output is amplified by the Power Amplifier and High Voltage Control
assemblies, which create an amplifier with a nominal gain of -100. Relays on the High
Voltage Control and Analog Motherboard assemblies route the 1100V ac range to the
Calibrator binding posts.
2-10
Theory of Operation
2-12. Wideband AC V Functional Description (Option -03)
The Wideband AC Voltage module (Option -03) consists of the Wideband Oscillator
assembly (A6) and the Wideband Output assembly (A5). There are two wideband
frequency ranges:
• 10 Hz to 1.1 MHz
• 1.2 MHz to 30 MHz
During operation between 10 Hz and 1.1 MHz, output from the Oscillator Output
assembly is routed to the Wideband Output assembly where it is amplified and attenuated
to achieve the specified amplitude range. The output is connected to the Calibrator front
panel WIDEBAND connector. Operation between 1.2 MHz and 30 MHz works the same
way, except the input to the Wideband Output assembly is the ac signal from the
Wideband Oscillator assembly.
2-13. DC Current Functional Description

DC current is generated in five ranges:
• 20 μA - 220 μA
• 220 μA - 2.2 mA
• 2.2 mA - 22 mA
• 22 mA - 220 mA
• 2.2A
All current ranges except 2.2A are generated by the current portion of the Current/Hi-Res
assembly. These currents are created by connecting the output of the DAC assembly, set
to the 22V range, to the input of the Current assembly. The Current assembly uses this dc
voltage to create the output current. The current output can be connected to the AUX
CURRENT OUTPUT binding post by relays on the Current assembly, to the OUTPUT
HI binding post by relays on the Current, Switch Matrix, and Analog Motherboard
assemblies, or to the 5725A via the B-CUR line by relays on the Analog Motherboard
assembly and Rear Panel assembly.
The 2.2A range is an extension of the 22 mA range. The 22 mA range output from the
Current assembly is amplified by a gain of 100 by the High Voltage/High Current
assembly operating in conjunction with the Power Amp assembly and the High Voltage
Control assembly. The 2.2A current range is routed back to the Current assembly where it
is connected to either the AUX CURRENT OUTPUT binding post, the OUTPUT HI
binding post, or the 5725A in the same manner as the lower current ranges.
2-14. AC Current Functional Description

AC current is created in the same manner as dc current, except the input to the Current
assembly is the ac voltage from the Oscillator Output assembly set to the 22V range. The
switching between ac and dc is carried out on the Switch Matrix, Oscillator Control,
Oscillator Output, and DAC assemblies.
2-11
Service Manual
2-15. Ohms Functional Description

Two assemblies function as one to supply the fixed values of resistance:
• Ohms Main assembly (A10)
• Ohms Cal assembly (A9)
All of the resistance values except the 1Ω, 1.9Ω, and short are physically located on the
Ohms Main assembly. The 1Ω, 1.9Ω, and short are physically located on the Ohms Cal
assembly. The desired resistance is selected by relays on these Ohms assemblies and is
connected to the Calibrator binding posts by relays on the Analog Motherboard. The
Ohms Cal assembly also contains the appropriate circuitry to enable the Calibrator to
perform resistance calibration. Once calibrated, the Calibrator output display shows the
true value of the resistance selected, not the nominal (e.g., 10.00031 kΩ, not 10 kΩ).
Four ohms measurement modes are available. For the two-wire configuration,
measurement with or without lead-drop compensation sensed at the binding posts of the
UUT (using the SENSE binding posts and another set of leads), or at the ends of its test
leads is available for 19 kΩ and below. Four-wire configuration is available for all but the
100 MΩ value.
2-12
Chapter 3
Calibration and Verification
Title Page
3-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 3-3

3-2. Calibration ............................................................................................ 3-4
3-3. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards ............. 3-4
3-4. Calibration Requirements ................................................................. 3-4
3-5. When to Adjust the Calibrator’s Uncertainty Specifications ........... 3-5
3-6. Calibration Procedure....................................................................... 3-6
3-8. Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) ................. 3-15
3-9. Performing a Calibration Check ........................................................... 3-18
3-10. Full Verification.................................................................................... 3-20
3-11. Required Equipment for All Tests.................................................... 3-21
3-12. Warm-up Procedure for All Verification Tests ................................ 3-21
3-13. Resistance Verification Test............................................................. 3-23
3-14. Two-Wire Compensation Verification ............................................. 3-25
3-15. DC Voltage Verification Test........................................................... 3-26
3-16. DC Voltage One-Tenth Scale Linearity Test ................................... 3-27
3-17. Direct Current Accuracy Verification Test ...................................... 3-28
3-18. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test............................................. 3-29
3-19. Output Level Tests For AC V Ranges.............................................. 3-29
3-20. AC Current Test, 22 mA to 11A Ranges.......................................... 3-31
3-21. AC Current Test, 2 mA and 200 μA Ranges.................................... 3-34
3-22. Rationale for Using Metal-Film Resistors to Measure AC Current . 3-35
3-23. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Test................................................ 3-36
3-24. Wideband AC Voltage Module Output Verification........................ 3-36
3-25. Wideband Output Accuracy at 1 kHz Test ........................................... 3-37
3-26. Wideband Output Flatness Test ............................................................ 3-38
3-27. Wideband Flatness Calibration Procedure ....................................... 3-39
3-28. Optional Tests ....................................................................................... 3-40
3-29. DC Voltage Load Regulation Test ................................................... 3-40
3-30. DC Voltage Linearity Test ............................................................... 3-41
3-31. DC Voltage Output Noise (10 Hz to 10 kHz) Test........................... 3-41
3-32. DC Voltage Output Noise (0.1 to 10 Hz) Test ................................. 3-43
3-33. AC Voltage Distortion Test.............................................................. 3-43
3-34. Wideband Distortion Testing ........................................................... 3-43
3-35. AC Voltage Overshoot Test ............................................................. 3-44
3-1
Service Manual
3-36. Minimum Use Requirements ................................................................ 3-44

3-37. Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals ..................... 3-46
3-2
Introduction 3
3-1. Introduction
This chapter gives procedures for 5700A/5720A Series II calibration, verification,
acceptance testing, and performance testing. Information here applies to testing the
performance of and calibrating a normally operating 5700A/5720A Series II. In case of
malfunction, refer to Chapter 5, Troubleshooting, which explains how to use self
diagnostic tests to identify a faulty module. Calibration and Performance Testing is
presented in the following three parts:
• Calibration, which is to be done at the beginning of every calibration cycle. This is
the same procedure as in Chapter 7 of the 5700A/5720A Series II Operator Manual.
It uses three external standards; 1Ω, 10 kΩ, and 10V dc. The procedure is repeated
here for convenience. Also included in this part are procedures for doing Calibration
Check and Range Calibration.
• Full Performance Verification, which is the full verification procedure, recommended
every two years. Part of this procedure is Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03)
flatness calibration, also recommended only every two years.
Optional Tests, which are recommended following repair or for use in acceptance testing.
These tests include such checks as load regulation, noise, and distortion. These tests are
not required on a routine basis. They are not necessary after a Calibrator passes Full
Performance Verification.
3-3
Service Manual
3-2. Calibration
This chapter provides procedures for calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to external
standards, adjusting the range if necessary, and for performing a calibration check.
Your calibrator is calibrated at the factory with constants that are traceable to NIST. In
order to maintain traceability, you only need to met the following requirements.
• Calibration to external standards must be completed at the beginning of the
calibration cycle
• Performance verification must be completed every two years.
• Zero Calibration must be performed every 30 days (refer to the 5700A/5720A Series
II Operators Manual).
Calibration check and range calibration are optional procedures that are provided for
enhancing the accuracy if needed for special requirements.
3-3. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards

You must calibrate to external standards at the beginning of the calibration cycle. The
length of the cycle (24 hours, 90 days, 180 days, or one year) is selected in a setup menu
described in Chapter 4 of the 5700A/5720A Operators Manual.
To calibrate the 5700A/5720A Series II, you apply three portable standards to the output
binding posts: a 10V dc voltage standard, a 1Ω resistance standard, and a 10 kΩ
resistance standard. The following standards are recommended:
• Model 732B DC Reference Standard
• Model 742A-1 1Ω Resistance Standard
• Model 742A-10k 10Ω Resistance Standard
Use the following Low Thermal Leads for all connections:
• When calibrating the 5700A, use either the connector set 5440A-7002 (banana plugs)
or the set 5440A-7003 (spade lugs).
• When calibrating the 5720A, use the set 5440A-7003 (spade lugs).
WXWarning
Operator accessible LETHAL VOLTAGES may be present on the
lugs at the end of these cables when used with instrumentation
capable of producing such voltages. These cables should be
used only when thermal emf performance is required. For other
applications, cables with operator protection form contact with
high voltages should be used.
3-4. Calibration Requirements

Both the calibrator and the recommended external standards have the ability to internally
control (or compensate for) ambient temperature variations. Therefore it is unnecessary to
keep the calibrator in tightly controlled temperatures during calibration. During the
calibration procedure, the calibrator prompts you to enter the ambient temperature, and
includes this information in specification readouts and output shift reports.
3-4
Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II to External Standards 3
3-5. When to Adjust the Calibrator’s Uncertainty Specifications
Table 3-1 lists each external standard’s uncertainty limit, and the 5700A/5720A Series II
uncertainty specifications that must adjusted accordingly if that limit is exceeded.
As long as the external standards have the uncertainties listed in Table 3-1, you do not
need to adjust the calibrator’s absolute uncertainty specifications in Chapter 1. However,
if your standard’s uncertainty exceeds the value in the table you must adjust some of the
calibrator’s absolute uncertainty specifications by the algebraic difference between your
standard’s uncertainty and the uncertainty limit listed in the Table 3-1. For example, if
the dc voltage standard has an uncertainty of ±2.5 ppm, then the 5700A and the 5720A
absolute uncertainty specifications listed in Table 3-1 for the traceable quantity of voltage
must all be increased by ±1 ppm.
Table 3-1. Standards for Calibrating 5700A/5720A Series II
Fluke Traceable Nominal Uncertainty 5700A/5720A Series II

Standard Quantity Value Limit Specifications susceptible to
Uncertainty Limit
732B Voltage 10V ±1.5 ppm dc volts, ac volts,

dc current, ac current
742A-1 Resistance 1Ω ±10 ppm 1Ω, 1.9Ω
742A-10k Resistance 10 kΩ ±4 ppm ac current, dc current 10Ω to

100 MΩ
3-5
Service Manual
3-6. Calibration Procedure

Before you being this procedure make sure the calibrator is powered on and has
completed the appropriate warm-up period.
After you have finished calibration, but before you save the new constants, the calibrator
presents the new changes as ± ppm, and as a percentage of specifications for each range
and function. A list of changes can be sent to a computer through either the serial or
instrument control (IEEE-488) port, or printed through the serial port. The largest
proposed change will be displayed on the calibrator’s front panel.
Follow this procedure to calibrate the main output functions.
1. Press the “Setup Menus” softkey; then press the “Cal” softkey. The calibration menu
appears as shown below:
PREV
MENU
IF3-1.EPS
2. Press the “Cal” softkey. The display shows the following.
PREV
MENU
3. To calibrate the main output functions, press one of the softkeys under “Calibration.”
The display shows the following:
PREV
MENU
IF3-3.EPS
3-6
4. Enter the ambient temperature; then press E. The display shows:
PREV
MENU
IF3-4.EPS
5. Connect the 732B to the calibrator as shown in Figure 3-1.
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
STANDARD
732B DC STANDARD
CALIBRATOR
AC PWR IN CAL CHARGE LOW BAT
OUTPUT SENSE
VΩA VΩ
10V 1.018V CHASSIS
WIDEBAND
HI HI
LO LO
10V COM 1.018V COM GUARD
SERIAL NUMBER
HI
AUX GUARD GROUND

CURRENT
F7-3.EPS
Figure 3-1. 732B External Calibration Connections.
3-7
Service Manual
6. Enter the true value of the 732B 10V output. The true value is the value printed on
the calibration sticker, plus or minus, as well as drift that has occurred since
calibration. That drift can be estimated provided control charts have been maintained
for the 732B.
If the entered value is not between 9V and 11V, and error message appears, which
lets you start over from this point with a calibrated 732B. Press E, and the
display shows the following:
PREV
MENU
IF3-5.EPS
When the calibrator’s 6.5V and 13V references have been characterized, the display
shows the following message, which lets you accept or reject the changes that are
about to be made to the calibration constants.
PREV
MENU
IF3-6.EPS
7. To reject the changes, return to the calibration menu shown in step 2 by pressing
P. Otherwise, press the softkey under “Proceed” to accept and save the changes,
and to open the display shown below, letting you continue with calibration.
PREV
MENU
IF3-7.EPS
3-8
8. Reverse the HI and LO connections at the 732B terminals, and press E. The
following displays appear, asking you to wait before proceeding with the 10 kΩ
standard.
PREV
MENU
IF3-8.EPS
After a few seconds, the following display appears:
PREV
MENU
IF3-9.EPS
9. Connect the calibrator to the 10 kΩ standard as shown in Figure 3-2 and enter the
true value of the standard. If the standard is not between 9 kΩ and 11 kΩ, an error
message appears, which allows you to start over from this point with a different
standard. Press E again to open the following display:
PREV
MENU
IF3-10.EPS
When the internal 10 kΩ reference has been characterized, the following message
appears, which lets you accept or reject the changes that are about to be made to the
calibration constant:
PREV
MENU
IF3-11.EPS
3-9
Service Manual
CALIBRATOR
RESISTANCE STANDARD
OUTPUT SENSE
CURRENT SENSE
VΩA VΩ
HI HI WIDEBAND
HI HI
LO LO
LO LO
HI
CHASSIS AUX GUARD GROUND

GROUND CURRENT
F7-4.EPS
Figure 3-2. 742A-1 and 742A-10k External Calibration Connections
and to open the display shown below, letting you continue with calibration.
PREV
MENU
IF3-12.EPS
3-10
11. Disconnect the 10 kΩ standard, and connect the calibrator to the 1Ω standard; then
enter the true value of the 1Ω standard. If the standard is not between 0.9Ω and 1.1Ω,
an error message appears, which lets you start over from this point with another
standard. Press E to bring up the following display:
PREV
MENU
IF3-13.EPS
When the internal 1Ω reference has been characterized, the following message
appears, which lets you accept or reject the changes that re about to be made to the
calibration constant:
PREV
MENU
IF3-14.EPS
and let the calibrator complete the internal calibration steps.
13. The calibration is not effective until you store the newly calibrated constants in
memory. To store the constants, set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to
ENABLE, the press the “Store Values” softkey.
Note
To review the proposed output shifts before you store the new constants,
print a listing of the proposed shifts by pressing the softkey under “Print
Output Shifts.”
14. After you store the constants, press the softkey under “DONE with Cal” to exit
calibration and resume normal operation.
15. If you press this softkey before you store the constants, the new constants will be
used temporarily for normal operation until the calibrator is powered down or reset.
(This is only true for software versions G and lower. For versions H and higher, the
process is aborted without updating existing constants.)
16. Set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to NORMAL.
3-11
Service Manual
3-7. Range Calibration

Once calibration is complete, you may find you need to make further adjustments to the
range. Calibrating the range is accomplished by adjusting a range constant, which is an
additional gain multiplier. Although range calibration is not needed in order to meet total
uncertainty specifications, it is useful for tuning the calibrator so that its values are closer
to your own standards.
Use your own laboratory standard to adjust the range constants. The following procedure
for adjusting the range constants is designed for laboratory standard values that are
between 45% and 95% of the range’s full-scale value.
Once you adjust the range constant, the new constant remains active until the next
calibration, at which time all range constant multipliers are rest to 1. You can also erase
all range adjustments by calling up the format EEPROM menu and selecting Range
Constants (refer to Chapter 4 of the 5700A/5720A Operators Manual).
Before you begin the following procedure, make sure you have the equipment you need
on hand including your own laboratory standards where required.
The following example procedure adjusts the 220V dc range constant using the following
equipment:
• 732B DC reference standard
• 752A Reference Divider
• 845AB/845AR Null Detector
• Low Thermal Test Leads: 5440A-7002 (banana plugs) or 5440A-7003 (spade lugs)
WXWarning
Operator accessible LETHAL VOLTAGES may be present on the
lugs at the end of the 5440A-7003 cables when used with
instrumentation capable of producing such voltages. These
cables should be used only when thermal emf performance is
required. For other applications, cables with operator protection
form contact with high voltages should be used.
Proceed as follows to adjust the 220V dc range constant. You must have completed
calibration to external standards before you follow this procedure.
1. Press the “Setup Menus” softkey; the press the “Cal” softkey. The following menu
appears:
PREV
MENU
IF3-1.EPS
2. Press the “Cal” softkey to bring up the next menu shown below:
3-12
Range Calibration 3
PREV
MENU
IF3-2.EPS
3. Press the “Range Adjust” softkey to bring up the next menu shown below:
PREV
MENU
IF3-18.EPS
4. Press the “DC V” softkey to bring up the next menu shown below:
PREV
MENU
IF3-19.EPS
5. Press the “NEXT Menu” softkey, which scrolls through all the available dc voltage
ranges, until 220V appears. Then press that selection’s softkey to open a display
similar to the following:
PREV
MENU
IF3-20.EPS
6. Connect the 732B, null detector, and 752A in a 10:1 configuration, as shown in
Figure 3-3.
7. Multiply the 732B’s value by 10, and enter this new value. (This value is the output
of the 752A, to which you will null the calibrator’s output.) Then press E to
bring up the following display.
3-13
Service Manual
PREV
MENU
IF057.EPS
8. Press O to activate the calibrator output. Then turn the output adjustment knob on
the calibrator until you achieve a null on the null detector.
9. Se the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to ENABLE. Press E on the front
panel. The calibrator will now calculate a new range constant multiplier for the 220V
dc range, and will store it in non-volatile memory.
10. The range calibration is now complete. Set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to
the NORMAL position, disconnect the external standards, and press r to reset the
calibrator to its newly calibrated ranges.
3-14
Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) 3
NULL DETECTOR
HI
LO
GUARD GND
: OFF : OFF
EX SNS EX GRD
CALIBRATOR
NC
OUTPUT SENSE
VΩA VA
HI HI WIDEBAND
LO LO
HI
AUX GUARD GROUND
CURRENT
752A VOLTAGE DIVIDER STANDARD
INPUT HI LO
NULL LO
HI
DETECTOR OUTPUT GND GRD
REFERENCE HI LO
STANDARD
HI LO
732B VOLTAGE REFERENCE

STANDARD
732B DC STANDARD
AC PWR IN CAL CHARGE LOW BAT
10V 1.018V CHASSIS
10V COM 1.018V COM GUARD
SERIAL NUMBER
F7-6.EPS
Figure 3-3. 220V DC Range Calibration Connections
3-8. Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03)

The Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) can be installed in either the 5720A or
5700A Series II calibrator. The module needs to be calibrated for both gain and flatness.
The gain should be calibrated when the 5700A-03 main output functions undergo their
routine calibration.
3-15
Service Manual
Since frequency flatness is determined by stable parameters (i.e. circuit geometry and
dielectric constants), the flatness of the Wideband AC Module has excellent long-term
stability. Consequently, a two-year calibration cycle is adequate for flatness calibration,
and can be scheduled to coincide with the calibrator’s shipment to a standards laboratory
for periodic verification.
The following procedure describes how to perform the wideband gain calibration.
Note
To perform this procedure you will need, in addition to the standard
equipment supplied with the wideband option, a Type “N” female to double
banana plug adapter (e.g., Pomona 1740).
Before you start this procedure, make sure the calibrator is powered on and has
completed an appropriate warm-up period. Then proceed with this procedure to calibrate
the wideband gain.
1. Press the “Setup Menus” softkey; then press the “Cal” softkey to being up the menu
shown below:
PREV
MENU
IF3-1.EPS
2. Press the “Cal “ softkey to bring up the following menu:
PREV
MENU
IF3-2.EPS
3. Connect the wideband output cable between the WIDEBAND connector and the
SENSE binding post.
The center conductor of the 50Ω feedthrough should go to SENSE HI and shown in
Figure 3-4. The GND tab on the adapter should be on the LO side.
3-16
Calibrating the Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) 3
CALIBRATOR
OUTPUT SENSE
VΩA VΩ
50 Ω FEEDTHROUGH WIDEBAND
HI HI
LO LO
HI
AUX GUARD GROUND

CURRENT
GND TAB
F7-5.EPS
Figure 3-4. Wideband Module Calibration Connection
4. Press the “Gain” softkey to bring up the following display:
PREV
MENU
IF3-3.EPS
5. Enter the ambient temperature; the press E. The display shows the following:
PREV
MENU
IF3-15.EPS
As the wideband calibration proceeds, messages appear on the display identifying all
processes as they are encountered. When positive gains calibration is complete, a
message appears telling you to refer to the manual for negative gains connections.
3-17
Service Manual
6. Reverse the dual-banana connector so that the center connector is connected to LO;
then press E. The display shows the following:
PREV
MENU
IF3-16.EPS
After a short time, a message appears indicating that the wideband calibration is
complete.
7. To store the new constants, set the CALIBRATION switch to ENABLE and press
“Store Values.” To discard the constants, press “DONE with Cal” and answer “YES”
when the display asks for verification.
8. You have now completed the wideband gain calibration. Set the CALIBRATION
switch to NORMAL, disconnect the wideband cable, and press r.
3-9. Performing a Calibration Check

A calibration check is similar to the calibration, with the primary difference being that no
changes are made to the stored constants, and the internal check standards are used as the
reference points. A calibration check produces a report similar to the normal calibration
report, and shows any proposed changes.
This procedure can be performed from an external computer, and can be set to run
automatically, with no assistance (there is no need to enable the CALIBRATION switch,
since no constants are changed).
You can use the calibration check at any time to confirm the integrity of the calibrator
without connecting external standards. The calibration check is also useful for collecting
a performance history.
Before you begin this procedure, make sure the calibrator is powered on and has
completed the appropriate warm-up period. Then follow this procedure to check the
calibration.
1. Press the “Setup Menu” softkey; then press the “Cal” softkey to bring up the
following menu:
PREV
MENU
IF3-1.EPS
2. Press the “Cal Check” softkey to bring up the following display:
3-18
Performing a Calibration Check 3
PREV
MENU
IF3-3.EPS
3. Enter the ambient temperature; then press E. As the calibration check

proceeds, the display indicates the current process of the calibration check. When the
check is complete, the largest shift that is detected appears on the display.
PREV
MENU
IF3-17.EPS
4. You can now print a list of the proposed shifts, or quit without creating a list.
To print the report, connect a printer and set up the serial interface as described in
Chapter 6 of the 5700A/5720A Operators Manual. Press the softkey under “Print
Output Changes.” To return to normal operation without printing, press the softkey
under “DONE with check.”
Press P to exit the calibration menus.
3-19
Service Manual
3-10. Full Verification

An independent external verification is recommended every two years, following normal
periodic calibration or repair of the calibrator. Verification establishes and maintains
parallel external traceability paths for the internal functions that are not adjusted or
corrected during calibration. An example is the internal ac/dc transfer standard.
Verification also serves as a check that internal calibration processes are in control.
Note
All performance limits specified in the test records apply to 90-day
specifications for the Calibrator. If limits to other specifications are
desired, the test records must be modified. A description of how to
determine a guardband test limits is included in this section.
Note
Equivalent equipment and methods, either manual or automated, may be
substituted for the following verification tests as long as the same points
are tested, and equipment and standards used are at least as accurate as
those specified. If standards are less accurate than specified, appropriate
tolerance limit and/or accuracy reductions must be made to achieve
equivalent results.
Not all of the procedures contained in this chapter need to be performed to verify your
calibrator. This chapter contains the verification procedures for the 5720A and the 5700A
Series II Calibrators. In addition, procedures are provided to verify the ac functions of the
calibrator with a 5790A. The following roadmap provides a high-level overview of the
verification tests discussed in this chapter.
5720A 5790A
DC DC AC AC Wide
Resistance Frequency
Volt Current Volt Current Band
3-16 3-18 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-26 3-28

to
3-30
5700A 5790A
DC DC AC AC Wide
Resistance Frequency
Volt Current Volt Current Band
3-22 3-26 3-28
3-16 3-18 3-20 3-21
to
3-30
F0-0.EPS
Figure 3-5. Overview of Verification Tests
3-20
Full Verification 3
In Figure 3-5, the location of each test is identified by the paragraph numbers.
3-11. Required Equipment for All Tests

An abbreviated summary of required equipment for all the verification and optional tests
is given in Table 3-2. Individual lists of required equipment are included at the beginning
of each test. For substitution information, refer to Table 3-15, Minimum Use
Requirements, located near the end of this section.
3-12. Warm-up Procedure for All Verification Tests

Before performing verification, do the following preliminary steps:
1. Verify that the Calibrator has warmed up for at least thirty minutes.
Note
If the Calibrator has been powered off in an environment outside of
operating environment specifications, particularly with humidity above
70%, allow a minimum of two hours warm-up. Extended storage at high
temperatures and humidity may require up to four days of power-on
stabilization.
2. If you are doing a regularly scheduled full verification as recommended by Fluke,
calibrate the 5700A/5720A Series II as previously described before continuing with
verification.
3. Ensure that each piece of external test equipment has satisfied its specified warm-up
requirements.
4. Ensure that the Calibrator is in standby (STANDBY annunciation lit).
3-21
Service Manual
Table 3-2. List of Required Equipment for Main Output
Equipment Description Application
AC Measurement Standard or Fluke 5790A ACV, ACI
Resistance Standards Fluke 742A Series Cal, Ohms, DCI
Reference Divider Fluke 752A DC V
Null Detector EM Electronics N11 (Fluke 845A) DC V
Shunt Adapter Fluke 792A-7004 AC I
Calibrator Fluke 55X0A Ohms
Frequency Counter Philips PM6669 Frequency
Shunts Fluke A40 Series AC I
High Current Shunt Fluke Y5020 DC I
Resistance Standard L&N 0.1Ω 4221B DC I
DMM Wavetek 1281 or HP 3458A Ohms, DCI, ACI, AC V
Low Thermal Cables Fluke 5440A-7002 (5700A) or Various

5440A-7003 (5720A or 5700A)
Equipment Required for Wideband Ac Module (Option 5700-03) Verification

AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A with Wideband Wideband

Option -03
Wideband Cable (supplied with Fluke Cable Wideband

5700A-03)
50Ω Termination (supplied with Fluke Termination Wideband

5700A-03)
Adapter (supplied with 5700A-03) Pomona 1269 BNC(F) to dual banana Wideband
plug
Adapter Kings KN-99-46 N(F) to BNC(M) Wideband
Equipment Required for Optional Tests

Oscilloscope Mainframe Tektronix 7000 Series HF Noise
Differential Amplifier Tektronix 7A22 HF Noise
Distortion Analyzer Krohn-Hite 6900B AC V, ACI, Distortion
Spectrum Analyzer HP 8590A AC V, Wideband

Distortion
Kelvin Varley Divider Fluke 720A DC V Linearity
3-22
Full Verification 3
3-13. Resistance Verification Test
The following test requires testing at the high, low and intermediate values only. This is
because the 5700A/5720A Series II creates the other values of resistance from these
values. Use Tables 3-16 (5720A) and 3-17 (5700A) for test records. For the convenience
of anyone wishing to test the intermediate values, the tolerance limits are included.
Testing these values could be done using a Hamon-type ratio device and a very stable,
high-resolution bridge or DMM, or a combination of the two. Table 3-3 lists equipment
required for this test. See Table 3-15, Minimum Use Requirements, for substitution
information.
Table 3-3. Equipment Required for Resistance Testing
Equipment Decsription
Resistance Standards Fluke 742A Series in the following values: 1Ω, 1.9Ω, 10Ω, 10 kΩ, 19 kΩ, 10 MΩ,
and 19 MΩ
Current Source Fluke 5500A or 5520A
DMM Wavetek 1281 or HP 3458A
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-6.

2. Set the Calibrator output to 1Ω with external sensing (EX SENS indicator lit) and set
the dc DMM to read dc V. Record the 1Ω resistance standard value on the test record
as the 1Ω STD RES VALUE.
3. Multiply the certified value of the 1Ω resistance standard by 0.1 and record the result
on the test record as the 1Ω STD VOLTAGE.
4. Connect the DMM across the sense terminals of the 1Ω resistance standard.
5. Set the direct current source for a nominal 100 mA output. Vary the source until the
DMM reading is as close as possible to the 1Ω Standard Voltage recorded in the
previous step. Record the DMM voltage reading on the test record as the
MEASURED 1Ω STD VOLTAGE.
Note
If the current source used has the resolution to achieve a voltage reading
to within ±5 ppm of the value in step 3, it is not necessary to calculate the
cal current in take next step. In this case, when you come to step 9 you will
simply multiply the voltage reading from step 9 by a factor of 10, which is
the same as dividing by 100 mA (0.1A).
6. Calculate the exact current by dividing the MEASURED 1Ω STD VOLTAGE by the
1Ω STD RES VALUE; record the result on the test record as the CAL CURRENT.
7. Enter the Calibrator displayed 1Ω value on the test record as the UUT 1Ω
DISPLAYED VALUE.
8. Transfer the dc DMM leads to the Calibrator sense terminals.
9. Enter the DMM voltage reading on the test record as the UUT 1Ω VOLTAGE.
10. Calculate the UUT true 1Ω resistance by dividing the UUT 1Ω VOLTAGE by the
CAL CURRENT.
11. Adjust the output adjustment knob for a UUT Control Display reading equal to the
true 1Ω resistance value calculated in the previous step. The error from the displayed
value is also shown on the Control Display. Enter the value of the error on the test
record as the UUT DEVIATION FROM DISPLAYED VALUE.
3-23
Service Manual
DMM
INPUT SENSE
HI HI
LO LO
CURRENT SOURCE 742A-X CALIBRATOR

OUTPUT CURRENT SENSE OUTPUT SENSE (UUT)
HI HI HI HI HI
LO LO LO LO LO
F3-5.EPS
Figure 3-6. 1 Ohm and 10 Ohm Resistor Verification
Note
There is no need to do the cal current calculation of step 6 if the current
source has a settability of ±3 ppm.
12. Repeat steps 3 through 11 for the 1.9Ω and 10Ω resistance values using the 1.9Ω and
10Ω resistance standards. At the 10 ohm check, use 10 mA of current and a
multiplier for step 3 of 0.01.
13. The low-value (1Ω, 1.9Ω, and 10Ω) tests are summarized in Table 3-4.
3-24
Full Verification 3
Table 3-4. Low Value Resistance Calibration Using a Current Source
5720A (UUT) Apply Current 5720A Deviation From 5720A Displayed Value
Resistance Displayed Value (90-day)
1Ω 100 mA ±95 ppm 0.9995 to 1.0005
1.9Ω 100 mA ±95 ppm 1.89905 to 1.90095
10Ω 10 mA ±25.0 ppm 9.997 to 10.003
5700A (UUT) Apply Current 5700A Deviation From 5700A Displayed Value
Resistance Displayed Value (90-day)
1Ω 100 mA ±95 ppm 0.9995 to 1.0005
1.9Ω 100 mA ±95 ppm 1.89905 to 1.90095

10Ω 10 mA ±28.0 ppm 9.997 to 10.003
14. For the remaining tests, no current source is required. Verify that each true UUT
value is within the limits shown in Table 3-16 for 5700A and Table 3-17 for 5720A.
a. Connect the DMM, set for 4-wire resistance, first to the Resistance Standard
equal to the UUT nominal output and then to the UUT itself. In each case, record
the resistance standard DMM reading and the resistance standard certified value.
b. Calculate the DMM correction by subtracting the DMM reading from the
certified value; enter this calculated value on the test record as DMM ERROR.
c. Move the DMM to the UUT terminals; enter the DMM reading on the test record
as DMM UUT RES RDG.
d. Algebraically add the DMM ERROR and the DMM UUT RES RDG; enter the
sum on the test record as UUT TRUE RES VALUE.
e. Adjust the output adjustment knob for a UUT Control Display reading equal to
the true resistance value previously calculated. The error from the displayed
value is also shown on the Control Display. Enter this error (with polarity
reversed) on the test record as the UUT DEVIATION FROM DISPLAYED
VALUE.
3-14. Two-Wire Compensation Verification

Use the following steps to verify that two-wire compensation operates correctly:
1. Connect the UUT (output set to 100Ω, with external sensing) to the DMM (set for 4-
wire resistance measurement). Note the DMM reading.
2. Connect two shorts: DMM SOURCE HI to SENSE HI and DMM SOURCE LO to
SENSE LO.
3. Activate UUT 2-wire compensation.
4. Check that the DMM reading returns to within 4 miliohms of the reading noted in
step 1.
3-25
Service Manual
3-15. DC Voltage Verification Test
The following test checks every dc voltage range by testing the output accuracy at decade
values of voltage from 100 mV to 1000V. Use Table 3-18 (5720A) or Table 3-19 (5700)
for the test record. Table 3-5 lists equipment required for this test as well as the Linearity
Test that follows. See Table 3-15, Minimum Use Requirements, for equipment
substitution information.
Table 3-5. Equipment Required for DC Voltage Testing
Equipment Model
DC Reference Standard Fluke 732B

Reference Divider Fluke 752A
Null Detector EM Electronics 11 (Fluke 845A)
Low Thermal Cables 5440A-7002
5440A-7003
Note
The 5440A-7002 or 5440A-7003 is for the 5700A; the 5720A uses only the
5440A-7003.
Proceed as follows to perform the dc voltage verification test:

1. Self-calibrate the reference divider in accordance with its instruction manual prior to
proceeding.
3. Set the reference divider to 0.1V. Set the Calibrator to the certified value of the dc
reference standard divided by 100. For example, if the certified value of the dc
reference standard is 10.000007V, set the Calibrator to 100.00007 mV.
4. Press OPR/STBY. After the reading has settled, verify that the null detector reads 0V
±1.20 μV (5720A 90-day specification) or 0V ±1.45 μV (5700A 90-day
specification). Set the Calibrator to standby.
5. Repeat the above process to test each dc voltage range output listed in Tables 3-23 or
3-24. (0.1V is in the table for completeness; you do not need to repeat it.) After the
null detector reading stabilizes, ensure that any observed meter rattle (over and above
the null detector rattle in the "zero" position) over a ten-second period does not
exceed the amount shown in the last column. In each case, set the 5720A to standby
before changing to the next voltage settings and go back to operate before reading the
null detector.
6. Reverse the connections of the dc reference standard at the reference divider and
repeat the previous measurement process for the -0.1V, -1V and -10V outputs.
3-26
Full Verification 3
3-16. DC Voltage One-Tenth Scale Linearity Test
Note
If the result of the previous test at 1V on the 11V range was less than
2.5 μV it is not necessary to perform this test.
This test uses the same equipment as the previous test. Proceed as follows to perform the
DC Voltage One-Tenth Scale Linearity Test:
1. Set the reference divider range to 10V. On the voltage reference standard, remove the
lead from the 10V high terminal and connect it under the binding post of the low
terminal along with the low lead to provide a 0V reference input to the reference
divider. Set the Calibrator output for 10V, then activate range lock for the 11V range.
Now set the Calibrator to 0V OPERATE.
2. Note the reading on the null detector. Press OFFSET on the Calibrator. Return the
lead on the voltage reference to the high output terminal.
3. Set the Calibrator to 10V. Use the Calibrator output adjustment knob to obtain the
reading previously noted on the null detector. Press SCALE on the Calibrator.
4. Set the Calibrator to 1V dc. Set the reference divider to the 1V range, and verify that
the null detector indicates less than 2.5 μV from the noted reading.
5. Press RESET on the Calibrator. This completes the DC Voltage Calibration
Verification testing.
3-27
Service Manual
3-17. Direct Current Accuracy Verification Test

Equipment required for the Direct Current Accuracy Verification Test is listed in Table
3-6. Proceed as follows to test accuracy of the dc current function:
Table 3-6. Equipment Required for Direct Current Test
Equipment Model
DC DMM, 6-1/2 digit Wavetek 1281 or HP 3458A
High-Current Shunt Fluke Y5020 (for 5725A only)
Resistance Standards L&N 4221B (0.1Ω at 2A)
Fluke 742A-1 (1Ω at 200 mA)
Fluke 742A-10 (10Ω at 20 mA)
Fluke 742A-1k (1 kΩ at 2 mA)
Fluke 742A-10k (10 kΩ at 200 μA)
Use Table 3-20 (5720A) and Table 3-21 (5700A) for the test records.
1. Connect the dc DMM to the Calibrator output and set the Calibrator for outputs of
200 mV, -200 mV, 2V, and -2V, and record the dc DMM reading at each voltage in
Table 3-20 or 3-21.
2. Refer to the resistance standard test report and enter the corrections for all the
certified values in ± ppm in column A on the test record.
Note
The STD RES CORRECTION is the difference between the nominal
standard resistor value and the certified or true resistor value. For
example, if the nominal value is 0.1Ω and the certified value is
0.0999963Ω, the difference equals 0.0000037Ω, or +37 ppm.
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-8 using the L&N 0.1Ω resistor.
4. Set the Calibrator for a 2A dc output, and adjust the Calibrator using the output
adjustment knob to obtain the characterized voltage reading on the dc DMM. Wait 3
seconds, and record the Calibrator error display reading in ± ppm (Column B).
CALIBRATOR (UUT)
USE INTERNAL GUARD SHUNT
DC DMM
OUTPUT SENSE
HI HI
INPUT
HI
LO LO
LO
GRD
GND
F3-7.EPS
Figure 3-7. Direct Current Accuracy Test Setup
3-28
Full Verification 3
5. Algebraically add column B to column A. Enter the result on the test record. Verify
that it is within the test limits shown.
6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 using the Fluke 742A Resistance Standards and Calibrator
output currents shown in Tables 3-25 or 3-26.
7. If the Calibrator is attached to a 5725A Amplifier, connect the Y5020 high-current
shunt to the 5725A output terminals. Connect the dc DMM to the Y5020 high-current
shunt voltage output connector.
8. Set the Calibrator to 10A, -10A, 5A, 3A and -3A and record the dc DMM readings
on the 5725A Amplifier dc current test record. Divide these readings by the certified
value of the Y5020 high current shunt, record the resultant current and verify that it is
within the test limit shown.
3-18. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test

This test requires the use of a frequency counter. Philips model PM6669 is
recommended. Use Table 3-22 for the test record. When using Philips Model PM 6666, it
is recommended to use a 1 MHz Low Pass Filter as shown in Figure 3-10. Refer to Table
3-15, Minimum Use Requirements, for substitution information.
1.59 kΩ Resister
Metal Film P/N 344341
Calibrator Main 10 pF PM6666

Output Terminals Capacitor Input A
P/N 713875
Mount components on a duel banana adapter from ITT Pomona. Part Number 1837
F3-6A.EPS
Figure 3-8. 1 MHz Low Pass Filter
To check the Calibrator frequency accuracy, proceed as follows:

1. Connect the frequency counter to the output terminals of the Calibrator.
2. Set the Calibrator to 1V at the output frequencies listed in Table 3-22. Verify that the
counter reads within the limits shown on the test record.
3. Disconnect the counter from the Calibrator.
3-19. Output Level Tests For AC V Ranges

This test requires the use of equipment listed in Table 3-7.
Table 3-7. Equipment Required for AC V Output Level Tests
Equipment Model
AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A
BNC(F) to Dual-Banana Plug Adapter (2 required) Pomona 1269
Coax Cable - RG-58A/U or RG-58C/U with BNC(M)

Connectors, 12 ± 1 inch Long
3-29
Service Manual
Use Table 3-23 (5720A) or Table 3-24 (5700A) for the test records.
1. Place the 5790A on top of the Calibrator and connect the equipment as shown in
Figure 3-9.
Note
The point of measurement is at the end of the cable and adapter that
connects to the 5790A. Other cable lengths and adapters will yield different
results at high frequencies.
2. On the 5790A push UTIL MENUS button and then the MEAS CONTROL softkey.
Set the digital filter mode to FAST and the restart to MEDIUM. Push the DONE soft
key twice to return to the measurement display.
3. Set the 5790A to 2 mV at 1 kHz. Adjust the Calibrator using the output adjustment
knob for a reading of 2.0000 mV ±1 count on the 5790A. Record the Calibrator error
display reading in the 90 Day column in Table 3-23 (5720A) or 3-24 (5700A) as
appropriate for the verification interval.
4. Verify that the result is within the test limits.
5. Repeat the previous steps for the 2 mV output on all remaining frequencies on the
test record.
6. Proceed to the remaining output levels and frequencies list in Table 3-23 or 3-24 and
repeat steps 3 through 5 using the appropriate output level in each step, and the
adjustment tolerance in Table 3-8.
BNC to
Banana Adapter 5790A Side View
HI
Input 2
12 Inch LO
Coax Cable
BNC to
Banana Adapter Calibrator Side View
HI
Output
LO
F3-6.EPS
Figure 3-9. AC Voltage Test Setup
3-30
Full Verification 3
Table 3-8. 5790A Adjustment Counts
5700A/5720A Series II Output 5790A Display 5790A Adjustment Counts*

Level
2 mV 2.0000 ±1
20 mV 20.0000 ±1
200 mV 200.0000 ±4
2V 2.000000 ±4
2.3V 2.30000 ±1
20V 20.00000 ±4
200V 200.0000 ±4
300V 300.000 ±1
600V 600.000 ±2
1000V 1000.000 ±2
*Adjustment counts of 3 times the listed value is allowed at 1 MHz
3-20. AC Current Test, 22 mA to 11A Ranges

This test requires the use of equipment listed in Table 3-9, when using the 5790A Input 1.
Use Tables 3-33 (5720A) or 3-34 (5700A) for a test record.
Table 3-9. Equipment Required for 22 mA to 11A Alternating Current Test Using the 5790A Input 1
Equipment Model or Description
AC Measurement standard Fluke 5790A
Current Shunts Fluke A40 Series: 20 mA, 200 mA, 2A, and A40A Series: 10A (if verifying a
5725A) , with AC-DC difference corrections.
Current Shunt Adapter Fluke 792A-7004 A40 current shunt adapter
Cable Pomona 1368-A-18. Double banana to single banana plugs.
Cable (For 10A Setup) Pomona 5268-C-12. BNC(M) to single banana plugs.
Cable (For 10A Setup) Fluke A45-4003 (PN 212853) UHF(M) to UHF(M) with RG8A/U cable
Adapter (For 10A Setup) Pomona Model 1707. UHF(F) to banana adapter.
Adapter (For 10A Setup) Kings KC-99-34 UHF(M) to BNC(F)
Adapter (For 10A Setup) Pomona Model 1707. UHF(F) to banana adapter.
3-31
Service Manual
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-10(A) use the 2A shunt.

2. Enter the ac to dc difference corrections for each shunt at each frequency in the
appropriate column of the test record (Table 3-26 or 3-27).
3. Set the Calibrator for a +2A dc output. Adjust the output so that the error display is
equal to the UUT actual error for a +2A output, as shown on the dc current test
record in Table 3-20 (5720A) or Table 3-21 (5700A).
4. Push the INPUT 1 button on the 5790A if you are using the INPUT 1 setup, or the
SHUNT button if you are using the SHUNT set up. Let the 5790A settle on a
reading.
5. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A.
6. Set the Calibrator for a -2A dc output. Adjust the output so that the error display is
equal to the UUT actual error for a -2A output, as shown in Table 3-20 (5720A) or
Table 3-21 (5700A).
7. Press the AVG REF soft key on the 5790A after the 5790A reading settles.
8. Set the Calibrator to 2A at 40 Hz and OPERATE.
9. Record the error displayed on the 5790A in Table 3-26 or 3-27.
10. Return to the error corrected +2A DC output that was set in step 3 and verify that the
5790A display returns to a zero reading ±10 PPM. If necessary, repeat steps 3
through 9 until the required results are obtained.
11. Algebraically add the 5790A error display reading to the A40 Shunt ac to dc
difference, and verify that the result is within the specifications of the test limits.
Record the results on Table 3-26 (5720A) or Table 3-27 (5700A).
12. Change the Calibrator frequency to 1 kHz, 5 kHz and 10 kHz. At each frequency
record the 5790A error display. Verify the results as was done in steps 8 and 9.
13. Repeat steps 3 through 12 at currents of 200 mA and 20 mA using the appropriate
A40 current shunt at the frequencies shown on the test record (Table 3-26 or 3-27).
14. For units with a 5725A Amplifier attached, use the test set up shown in Figure
3-10(B) using the 10A shunt at the frequencies listed on the test record.
3-32
Full Verification 3
Note
When verifying the 5725A Amplifier at the 10A level, allow sufficient time
for the A40A-10 shunt to reach thermal stability after initially applying the
current.
A40 Current Shunt
Red
5790A Pomona Cable Calibrator (UUT)
1368-A-18
Hi
Input 1
Lo
792A-7004 Black
A40 Current Shunt Adapter
A. Alternating Current Test Setup, 22 mA to 2A Using 5790A Input 1
Calibrator (UUT)
A40A 10A
Pomona Cable Current Shunt
5268-C-12
Red
5790A 5725A (UUT)
Hi
Input 1
Lo
792A-7004 Black
A40 Current FLUKE A45-4003
Shunt Adapter P/N 212852
Cable
UHF(M) to BNC(F) Pomona Model 1707

Adapter UHF(F) to Banana
Kings KC-99-34 Adapter
B. Alternating Current Test Setup, 10A Using 5790A Input 1
F3-8A.EPS
Figure 3-10. Alternating Current Test Setup
3-33
Service Manual
3-21. AC Current Test, 2 mA and 200 μA Ranges

The equipment required for the alternating current accuracy verification test for the 2 mA
and 200 μA ranges is listed in Table 3-10. Use Table 3-28 (5720A) or 3-29 (5700A0 for
the test record.
Table 3-10. Equipment Required for Alternating Current Accuracy Test for the 2 mA and 200 μA
Ranges

AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A
Metal Film Resistor 200Ω, 1/8w, ±1%, T9 (P/N 309724) mounted on a dual banana plug.
Metal Film Resistor 2 kΩ, 1/8w, ±1%, T9 (PN 335422) mounted on a dual banana plug
Cable Pomona 1368-A-18. Double banana to single banana plugs.
Metal Film Resistor

Mounted on Dual
Calibrator (UUT) Banana Plug 5790A
Hi Hi
Output 200 Input 2
Ω
Lo Lo
Pomona Cable
1362-A-18
F3-9.EPS
Figure 3-11. Alternating Current Test Setup 2 mA and 200 μA
Note
An explanation of the rationale for using metal film resistors to measure
ac current follows this procedure.
2. Set the Calibrator for precisely +2 mA dc using the correction from previously
recorded data, i.e. set the Calibrator error display to the value recorded for +2 mA dc
(Table 3-9 or 3-11).
3. When the 5790A settles on a reading, push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A.
4. Set the Calibrator for precisely -2 mA dc output using the correction from previously
recorded data, i.e., set the Calibrator error display to the value recorded for -2 mA dc,
in Table 3-10.
5. Press the AVG REF soft key on the 5790A after the 5790A reading settles.
6. Set the Calibrator to 2 mA at 10 Hz and OPERATE.
7. Record the error displayed on the 5790A in Table 3-28 or 3-29, and verify results are
within spec.
8. Return to the error corrected +2 mA DC output that was set in step 2. Verify that the
5790A display returns to a zero reading ±10 PPM. If necessary, repeat steps 2
through 6 until the required results are obtained.
3-34
Full Verification 3
9. Change the Calibrator frequency to 20 Hz, 40 Hz, 1 kHz, 5 kHz and 10 kHz. At each
frequency record the error display on the 5790A in Table 3-28 or 3-29. Verify that
the results are within limits shown.
10. Repeat steps 2 through 9, but replace the 200Ω metal film resistor with the 2 kΩ
resistor, and use 200 μA instead of 2 mA.
3-22. Rationale for Using Metal-Film Resistors to Measure AC Current

To be able to measure alternating current, a system comprised of a suitable ac shunt and
ac detector is required. First let us consider the ac shunt. For this example we will use a 2
kΩ metal film resistor. At frequencies up to 10 kHz, the equivalent circuit of the resistor
can be illustrated as in Figure 3-12. Values typical for shunt capacitance and series
inductance are 2 pF (Cs) and 0.01 μH (Ls). For comparison, wire has approximately 0.02
μH/inch. At 10 kHz, the reactance of Cshunt is 8 MΩ, and the reactance of Lseries is 0.6
mΩ. The formulae to use are:
C SHUNT
L SERIES
R
F3-10.EPS
Figure 3-12. Metal Film Resistor Equivalent Circuit
(1/Z)2 = (1/R)2 + (1/XC)2 (1)

(Z)2 = (R)2 + (XL)2 (2)
Where R = resistance Xc = Capacitive Reactance

Z = network impedance XL = Inductive Reactance
We can see that these effects can be ignored, because their contribution to errors in the
measurement process is less than 1 ppm. That is, the metal film resistor's self reactance is
totally dwarfed by the reactance of the measuring circuit, which is overwhelmingly
capacitive.
If a detector as shown in Figure 3-13 has an input impedance of 10 MΩ shunted by 123
pF, then the effects of Xc must be accounted for. We can ignore the net resistance change
introduced by the 10 MΩ detector resistance.
R SHUNT
UUT DET.
F3-11.EPS
Figure 3-13. Metal Film Resistor in Test Circuit
3-35
Service Manual
Note
The input impedance at INPUT 2 of the 5790A on the millivolt ranges is 10
MΩ shunted by 83 pF and the cable used to connect the shunt resistor to
the 5790A has 40 pF capacitance, for a total of 123 pF.
The reactance of 123 pF at 10 kHz is 129 kΩ, and using formula (1), in the case where
R=2 kΩ, the network impedance Z = 1.999760 kΩ. This produces an error of 120 PPM.
The allowable error at 10 kHz is reduced to account for this error.
Using formula (2) we get a result of Xc = 88 kΩ, and a network impedance of Z = 1.9995
kΩ. This produces an error of approximately 250 ppm, or 0.025%. However, if we are
making a measurement of 0.21% uncertainty (as in the present case), the ratio of
measurement uncertainty is about 10:1 and is not of concern. It is easy to improve
measurement uncertainty if desired, though, by measuring the actual input capacitance of
the detector and any stray capacitance from input leads, etc. and making corrections. In
this discussion, the UUT is assumed to be a high-impedance current source (like the
5700A), which can easily be verified by the manufacturer's specifications, i.e., a specified
voltage adder for current outputs above a given burden voltage.
3-23. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Test

Use Table 3-30 for the test record. Proceed as follows to test the Wideband module
frequency accuracy:
1. Connect the Philips PM 6669 to the Calibrator wideband output and measure the
output frequency at the frequencies listed in Table 3-30.
2. Verify that the frequency counter indicates frequencies within the 0.01% limits
shown.
3-24. Wideband AC Voltage Module Output Verification

The wideband tests are for units with the Option 5700A-03 Wideband AC Module only.
The verification test for the wideband module works as follows:
• Accuracy at 1 kHz: Output at 1 kHz is tested by comparing the wideband output at
the end of the cable and termination supplied with the instrument to the 5790A at
INPUT 2.
• Attenuator flatness: The attenuator flatness is tested using the 5790A wideband input
and using reduced spec limits when the TUR (Test Uncertainty Ratio) is less than
4:1.
Table 3-11 lists the equipment required for testing and calibrating the Wideband module.
3-36
Wideband Output Accuracy at 1 kHz Test 3
Table 3-11. Equipment Required for Testing and Calibrating the Wideband Option

AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A with Wideband Option -03
Wideband cable Supplied with 5700A-03
50Ω Termination Supplied with 5700A-03
Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC(F) to dual banana plug.
Adapter Kings KN-99-46 N(F) to BNC(M)
3-25. Wideband Output Accuracy at 1 kHz Test

This test verifies the Wideband output level at 1 kHz by direct measurement with the
5790A at INPUT 2. Use Table 3-31 for a test record.
Proceed as follows to characterize the rms wideband voltmeter at 1 kHz:

BNC(F) to Banana Adapter

Calibrator (UUT) Wideband 5790A
Output Cable
Wideband Input 2
Output
50Ω Termination
N(F) to BNC(M) Adapter
F3-12.EPS
Figure 3-14. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Setup
2. Set the Calibrator wideband output to 2.1V at 1 kHz and the 5790A to read INPUT 2.
3. Push the 2.2V RANGE button on the 5790A to lock it on the 2.2V range.
4. On the 5790A push UTIL MENUS button and then MEAS CONTROL soft key. Set
the digital filter mode to FAST and the restart to MEDIUM. Push the DONE soft key
twice to return to the measurement display.
5. Use the Calibrator output adjustment knob to obtain a reading on the 5790A
measurement display of 2.100000 ±20 counts.
6. Read the error on the Calibrator display and record it in Table 3-32 for the 2.1V level
for the appropriate verification internal. Verify that it is within spec limits shown.
7. Push the soft key under the RANGE display on the 5790A to return to AUTO
RANGE.
8. Proceed to the remaining levels shown in Table 3-32 and repeat steps 5 through 7
with the appropriate output levels set in each step, using the adjustment tolerance in
Table 3-12 in step 5.
3-37
Service Manual
Table 3-12. Wideband Adjustment Tolerance
5700A/5720A Series II Wideband 5790A Adjustment Counts

Output ± ppm
2.10000V 20
1.00000V 10
300.000 mV 3
100.000 mV 10
30.0000 mV 3
10.0000 mV 1
3.00000 mV 1
1000.00 μV 1
3-26. Wideband Output Flatness Test

Use Table 3-32 as a test record. To perform wideband output flatness test, proceed as
follows:
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-15. Note that the Calibrator wideband
cable is connected to the 5790A directly, the termination is not used.
Calibrator (UUT) Wideband 5790A

Output Cable
Wideband Wideband
Output Input
F3-13.EPS
Figure 3-15. Wideband Flatness Test Setup
2. Set the wideband output to 3V at 1 kHz.

3. Push the WBND button on the 5790A, when the reading has settled, push the SET
REF soft key.
4. Set the Calibrator to frequencies shown in Table 3-32 for the 3V output and record
the errors on the 5790A error display at each frequency in Table 3-32.
5. Verify that the error readings are within spec limits or reduced spec limits shown on
the test record. Reduced spec limits are used when the TUR (Test Uncertainty Ratio)
is less than 4:1.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the remaining output levels shown in Table 3-32 using the
appropriate voltage in step 4.
7. Record the 1 kHz absolute errors at each output level from Table 3-32 into the
appropriate column in Table 3-33. Record the flatness errors from Table 3-32 for
each output level and frequency into the appropriate column in Table 3-33. Add the
errors and verify that they are within spec for the appropriate time internal.
3-38
Wideband Output Flatness Test 3
3-27. Wideband Flatness Calibration Procedure
This procedure is the only part of full verification that stores calibration constants in the
Calibrator. This is not a verification test, it is a calibration procedure. Because this part of
calibration is recommended to be done only every two years, the same interval as full
verification, it is included here and not under Calibration earlier in this chapter and in
Chapter 7 of the 5700A/5720A Series II Operator Manual.
Proceed as follows to perform wideband flatness calibration:
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-10 and set the rear panel
CALIBRATION switch to the ENABLE position.
2. Push the WBND button on the 5790A.
3. Call up the wideband flatness calibration routine on the Calibrator front panel, by
pressing the softkey sequence SETUP MENUS, CAL, CALIBRATION and
WIDEBAND FLAT.
4. Enter the present ambient air temperature as prompted and press ENTER.
5. Place the Calibrator in OPERATE. Wideband flatness calibration starts with a 3V
output at 1 kHz.
6. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A when the 5790A settles to a reading. This
is the 3V reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared.
7. Push the ENTER button on the Calibrator, and, the frequency will advance to the
next value.
8. Adjust the Calibrator output adjustment knob to bring the 5790A error display to 0
and press ENTER on the Calibrator. Repeat this step for each frequency through 30
MHz.
9. Push the CLEAR REF WBND soft key on the 5790A. The Calibrator wideband
output changes to 1V at 1 kHz.
10. Push the SET REF soft key on the 5790A when the 5790A settles to a reading,. This
is the 1V reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared.
11. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for each frequency through 30 MHz.
12. Push the CLEAR REF WBND soft key on the 5790A. The Calibrator Wideband
output changes to 300 mV at 1 kHz.
is the 300 mV reference value from which all other frequencies will be compared.
15. Push the CLEAR REF WBND soft key on the 5790A. The 5790A wideband output
changes to 100 mV at 1 kHz.
17. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for each frequency through 30 MHz. Only the 10 MHz,
20 MHz and 30 MHz points are adjusted.
3-39
Service Manual
23. Repeat steps 7 and 8 above for each frequency through 30 MHz. Only the 10 MHz,
20 MHz and 30 MHz points are adjusted.
24. Make sure the rear panel CALIBRATION switch is in the ENABLE position. Store
the cal constants by pushing the STORE VALUES softkey. When the display returns
to normal, set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to NORMAL. The Calibrator
wideband flatness calibration is now complete.
3-28. Optional Tests

These tests may be used in acceptance testing or following repair likely to affect the
characteristics tested here. They are not recommended to be done routinely. If the
Calibrator passes Calibration Performance Verification, you do not need to perform these
tests; verification either exercises these functions or is subject to their effects. The
Optional Tests include such checks as load regulation, noise, and distortion. Equipment
required for the optional tests is listed in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13. Equipment Required For DC V Optional Tests
Equipment Model
RMS Differential Voltmeter Fluke 5790A
Power Decade Resistor Clarostat 240C
Differential Amplifier Plug-In Tektronix 7A22
Oscilloscope Mainframe Tektronix 7000 Series
DC Voltage Reference Standard Fluke 732B
Reference Divider Fluke 752A
Null Detector EM Electronics N11(Fluke 845A)
Kelvin-Varley Divider Fluke 720A
3-29. DC Voltage Load Regulation Test

Use Table 3-34 for a test record. Proceed as follows to test the dc voltage load regulation:
1. Ensure the Calibrator is in standby. With the test setup of Figure 3-5, connect the
power decade resistor across the Calibrator OUTPUT terminals. Connect two
shorting links between the Calibrator SENSE and OUTPUT terminals and select
external sense (EX SNS indicator lit).
2. Set the reference divider to 10V. Set the Calibrator output to 10V dc. Set the power
decade resistor to 199Ω. Set the Calibrator to operate. Adjust the Calibrator as
necessary to obtain a null on the null detector. Rotate the most significant dial on the
power decade resistor to 9. Verify that the null detector indication changes less than
±2 μV. Set the Calibrator to standby.
3-40
Optional Tests 3
3. Repeat load regulation testing at the remaining Calibrator outputs shown in Table
3-47.
4. Set the Calibrator to standby and disconnect all equipment from the Calibrator.
3-30. DC Voltage Linearity Test

Use Table 3-35 for a test record. Proceed as follows to test the dc voltage linearity:
1. Self calibrate the Kelvin-Varley (KV) divider as called for in its service manual.
NULL DETECTOR
HI
LO GND*
GRD
732B 720A CALIBRATOR (UUT)
10V INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT SENSE

HI HI HI HI HI
LO LO LO LO LO
GRD GND GND

GRD GND
*NOTE: IF THE NULL DETECTOR IS NOT GROUNDED THROUGH

POWER LINE, CONNECT ITS GROUND TERMINAL
TO THE GROUND TERMINAL ONTHE 5700A.
F3-14.EPS
Figure 3-16. DC Voltage Linearity Test
3. Set the KV dials to zero by using the RANGE LOCK. Set the Calibrator to 0V on the
11V range operate. Note the null detector reading. Press OFFSET on the Calibrator.
4. Set KV dials to 0.999999X and Calibrator for a 10V output.
5. Use the Calibrator output adjustment to obtain a null detector reading equal to the
reading noted in step 3. Press SCALE on the Calibrator.
6. For each of the KV settings tabulated in Table 3-36, make the required Kelvin Varley
setting, and verify that the null detector reads within the limits shown.
3-31. DC Voltage Output Noise (10 Hz to 10 kHz) Test

Use Table 3-36 for a test record. Proceed as follows to test the dc voltage output noise
that falls in the range 10 Hz to 10 kHz:
3-41
Service Manual
OUTPUT
CALIBRATOR OSCILLOSCOPE TRUE RMS
SENSE
(UUT) MAINFRAME* VOLTMETER
7A22
PLUG-IN VERTICAL
HI
LO
GRD GND
OUTPUT
COAX
SHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
CLIP LEADS
3' APPROX
BNC
GR BANANA PLUGS
* OSCILLOSCOPE AND AC DIFFERENTIAL
SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLE DETAIL VOLTMETER SHOULD BE ISOLATED FROM
THE POWER LINE GROUND.
F3-15.EPS
Figure 3-17. DC Voltage Output Noise Test Setup
2. Set the Oscilloscope Differential Amplifier controls as shown below.

Low Frequency -3 dB 10 Hz
High Frequency -3 dB 10 kHz
Input Coupling AC (both inputs)
Volts/Div 50 μV (Var. to Cal.)
3. Set the Oscilloscope Time/Div for 2 ms.
4. Set the rms voltmeter range to 1V.
5. Set the Calibrator to 2.2V dc, operate. Verify that the reading on the rms voltmeter is
less than 150 mV.
NOTE
This test assumes that the amplifier plug-in and scope have a gain equal
to 0.5V divided by the input/div. setting, which in the above case is 1x104.
6. Repeat the above process for the remaining tabulated settings shown in Table
3-49; verify that the rms meter indicates less than the amount shown for each
required output level.
7. Press RESET on the Calibrator and disconnect the test configuration.
3-42
Optional Tests 3
3-32. DC Voltage Output Noise (0.1 to 10 Hz) Test
Proceed as follows to test for dc voltage output noise in the range 0.1 to 10 Hz:
1. Place the 8520A DMM into Math Program 8 with the Display Option Register set to
register 8.3 (Standard Deviation Computed Variable)as follows:
a. Press SHIFT, 8, and PROGRAM SELECTION. Then press SHIFT, 0, ., 1,
PROGRAM SELECTION, 8, ., 3, PROGRAM DATA.
b. Set the DMM to 200 mV DC Range, 20 Samples/Second, and 1000 ms Filter.
c. Set PROGRAMS IN USE to the ON position.
2. Lock the Calibrator in the 22V range and set it to 100 mV dc. Place the Calibrator in
operate.
3. Connect the DMM to the Calibrator OUTPUT binding posts and press the DMM
reset button once. Verify that after 10 seconds the DMM reads less than 0.0010E-3.
4. Lock the Calibrator in the 220V range and set it to 100 mV dc. Place the Calibrator in
operate.
5. Press the DMM reset button once. Verify that after 10 seconds the DMM reads less
than 0.0100E-3.
6. Set the Calibrator to standby.
3-33. AC Voltage Distortion Test

Equipment required for these tests is listed in Table 3-14. Proceed as follows to test for
distortion in the ac voltage function. Use Table 3-37 for test record.
Table 3-14. Equipment Required for Distortion Test
Equipment Model
Distortion Analyzer Krohn-Hite 6900B
Spectrum Analyzer (only for 5700A-03) HP 8590A
Non-wirewound load resistors Any (see *Table 3-50 for values)
1. Connect the Calibrator output terminals to the distortion analyzer.

2. Measure the Calibrator distortion at the output voltages and frequencies tabulated in
Table 3-37. Verify that the distortion measured is within the limits shown.
WXWarning
A non-reactive voltage divider may be necessary to scale the
test voltages to match the distortion analyzer characteristics.
3-34. Wideband Distortion Testing

Proceed as follows to test for distortion in the wideband output function (for units with
the Option 5700A-03 Wideband AC Module only).
1. Connect the Wideband output terminated in 50Ω to the spectrum analyzer input.
3-43
Service Manual
Note
If the spectrum analyzer input impedance is 50Ω, do not use a separate
termination.
2. With 0 dBm output programmed from the Calibrator wideband output, select
frequencies over the band of 1 MHz to 30 MHz and verify that use the spectrum
analyzer to verify that any harmonics are below -40 dBm for fundamentals up to 10
MHz and below -34 dBm for fundamentals of 10 MHz and above.
3. Disconnect the equipment from the Calibrator.
3-35. AC Voltage Overshoot Test

Proceed as follows to test for ac voltage overshoot:
1. Connect the Calibrator output to a properly compensated 10:1 probe.
2. AC couple the oscilloscope and set the sweeptime to a fairly low sweeptime
(approximately 1 sec/div).
3. Set the Calibrator to 7.07V at 1 kHz, and press OPR/STBY.
4. Set the scope vertical sensitivity for 0.05V/div. Offset the trace vertically until you
can see the top of the waveform at the approximate center of the display (must be at
least 2-3 divisions down from the top of the scope graticule).
5. Set the Calibrator to standby and then back to operate. Verify that any overshoot
visible on the oscilloscope display is less than 1.5 divisions (approximately 10% of
the peak value).
6. Repeat the test at 100 Hz and 100 kHz. This completes the Optional Tests.
3-36. Minimum Use Requirements

Table 3-15 defines specifications for test equipment needed for tests in this section of the
manual. If the specific test equipment called for in these tests is not available, you can
substitute equipment that meets these specifications.
3-44
Minimum Use Requirements 3
Table 3-15. Minimum Use Requirements
Item Description Minimum Use Specifications Recommended
No. Equipment
Calibration Equipment
1. Voltage Reference 10V nominal, true value certified to within Fluke 732B
±1.5 ppm
2. Resistance Standards 1Ω nominal, true value certified to within 10 Fluke 742A Series, 1Ω
ppm, 10 kΩ nominal, true value certified to and 10 kΩ
within 4 ppm
Calibration Verification Equipment
3. Reference Voltage Range uncertainty 100:1, 1 kV input, ±0.5 Fluke 752A
Divider ppm 10:1 100V input ±0.2 ppm
4. Null Detector Leakage resistance to case: 1012Ω min. EM Electronics N11
Resolution: 3 μV full scale (Fluke 845A)
5. Low Thermal EMF Plug-in. Copper or gold-flashed copper (two Fluke 5440A-7002
Cables cables per set, two sets required).
Spade lug. Copper or gold-flashed copper Fluke 5440A-7003
(two cables per set, two sets required).
6. Digital Multimeter DC Voltage Range: 0.1 to 10V Resolution Fluke 8508A
and short-term stability: ±2 ppm Resistance
range: 1Ω to 10 MΩ Resolution and short-
term stability :±20 uΩ at 1Ω, 1.9Ω ±5 ppm at
10Ω, 19Ω ±2 ppm at 100Ω to 1.9 MΩ ±4
ppm at 10 MΩ, 19 MΩ
7. Current Source Range: 10 mA and 100 mA Typical short- Fluke 55X0A,
term stability ±15 ppm for 5 minutes 5700A/5720A Series II,
8. AC Measurement Ranges: 2.2 mV through 1000V AC Fluke 5790A (Option -03
Standard Frequency: 10 Hz to 1 MHz required for Wideband
24 to 7500 ppm, depending on amplitude Flatness Verification)
and frequency (see Table 3-9.)
Wideband Ranges: 2.2 mV through 7V
Frequency: 10 Hz to 30 MHz
Uncertainty: 0.03% to 0.9%, depending on
amplitude and frequency (see Table 3-18.)
3-45
Service Manual
Table 3-15. Minimum Use Requirements (cont)

Item Description Minimum Use Specifications Recommended
No. Equipment
9. Current Shunt Adapter Used in conjunction with 5790A and A40- Fluke 792A-7004
series shunts to facilitate AC Current
measurements
10. Frequency Counter 10 Hz to 30 MHz ±0.002% Philips PM 6669
11. Standard Resistors (1) 0.1Ω nominal, true value certified to within Fluke 742A-1
20 ppm, rated for 2A DC; 1Ω nominal, true Fluke 742A-1.9
value certified to within 6 ppm; 1.9Ω Fluke 742A-10
nominal, true value certified to within 6 ppm; Fluke 742A-1k
10Ω nominal, true value certified to within 6 Fluke 742A-10k
ppm; 1 kΩ nominal, true value certified to Fluke 742A-19k
within 5.5 ppm; 10 kΩ nominal, true value Fluke 742A-10M
certified to within 3.5 ppm; 19 kΩ nominal, Fluke 742A-19M
true value certified to within 4 ppm; 10 MΩ L&N 4221B (0.1Ω)
nominal, true value certified to within 15
ppm; 19 MΩ nominal, true value certified to
within 28 ppm
12. DC Current Shunt (2) Range: 10A Fluke Y5020
Uncertainty: ±0.008%
13. AC/DC Current Shunt Ranges: 20 mA, 200 mA, 2A and 10A Fluke A40-20 mA
Frequency: 10 Hz to 10 kHz Fluke A40-200 mA
Uncertainty: ±310 ppm at 10 Hz; ±100 ppm Fluke A40-2A
at 20 Hz; ±50 ppm at 40 Hz, 1 kHz; ±100 Fluke A40A-10A (2)
ppm at 5 kHz, 10 kHz
14. Metal Film Resistors Values: 200Ω, 2 kΩ, and 1 MΩ Temperature Stock Items
C°: T9 or better Power Rating: 1/4 Watt
Tolerance: ±1%
15. Differential Amplifier Sensitivity: 5 μV rms Bandwidth selectable Tektronix 7A22 w/7000-
to 10 kHz Series Mainframe
16. Distortion Analyzer Range: 2V to 300V Krohn-Hite 6900B
Frequency: 10 Hz to 600 kHz
17. Kelvin-Varley Voltage Ratio uncertainty: ±0.1 ppm of input Fluke 720A
Divider
18. HF Spectrum Analyzer Freq. Range: 2 MHz to 120 MHz Input HP 8590A
(used in optional test Level: 3V (+20 dBm to -60 dBm)
for wideband
distortion)
1: A DMM may be used for all but the 1Ω and 1.9Ω values. For those values using the DMM, a test method
using an external current source is used for low-value resistance.
2: Needed only for 5725A Amplifier testing.
3-37. Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals

The verification procedures in this chapter test to the 90 day 99% confidence
specification limits. For other calibration intervals it is necessary to calculate new
specification limits and, if necessary, new test limits.
The following examples show how the 90 day limits were calculated. These examples
illustrate how you can calculate the specifications and test limits, if necessary, for other
calibration intervals.
3-46
Determining Test Limits for Other Calibration Intervals 3
Example 1 shows you how to calculate a specification limit for a specific test level from a
specification listed as a percentage (or parts per million) of reading plus a floor error in
microvolts, millivolts, miroamps, or nanoamps.
The 99% confidence specification for a 5720A at 2 mA, 1 kHz is 130 ppm + 40 nA. We
can convert the floor uncertainty of 40 nA to ppm of output by dividing 40 nA by 2 mA
and multiplying by a million:
(130 + 1000000*0.000000040/0.002)=130 ppm + 20 ppm = 150 ppm
This test limit is shown in Table 3-28.
If we wanted to test to the 1 year specification of 140 ppm + 40 nA, the test limit would
be the specification of 140 ppm + 40 nA = 140 ppm + 40 ppm = 180 ppm.
Example 2 shows you how to calculate a specification limit and a tighter test limit. For
instrumentation that have the precision of the 5720A/5700A Series II calibrators, it is
difficult obtain standards which are many times more accurate than the calibrator
specifications. Therefore, for cases when the test uncertainty ratio (TUR) of the
standards is less than 4:1, guardbanding is used to set test limits which are tighter than the
specification limits. These limits provide the same risk of accepting out of tolerance
instruments as a TUR of 4:1. The statistical analysis of the guardbanding techniques used
are described in a series of technical papers referenced at the end of this chapter.
Guardbanding is used to set the test limits different than the specification limits for a
5720A at 2V, 1 kHz. The 90 day specification is 47 ppm + 10 uV. When you calculate
the specification in ppm at the 2V level in the same way as in Example 1, the
specification limit is:
(47 + 1000000*0.000010/2)=47 ppm + 5 ppm = 52 ppm.
99% Confidence Guardband Factors

1.000
0.950
Guardband Factor (K)
0.900
0.850
0.800
0.750
1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00
Test Uncertainty Ratio
CHART.EPS
Figure 3-18. Determining Other Test Limits
3-47
Table 3-16. 5720A Resistance Test Record
1Ω Std Res 1Ω Std Measured Cal UUT 1Ω UUT 1Ω UUT UUT Uncert Spec TUR GB Test Max
Value Voltage 1Ω Std Current Displayed Voltage True Dev. Std (±ppm) Factor Limit Difference of
Voltage Value Res (±ppm) Charactized to
Nominal Value
5.9 95 16.06 1.000 95 0.9995 to 1.0005
1.9Ω Std 1.9Ω Std Measured Cal UUT 1.9Ω UUT UUT UUT Spec Max
Res Value Voltage 1.9Ω Std Current Displayed 1.9Ω True Dev. (±ppm) Difference of
Voltage Value Voltage Res Characterized to
Nominal Value
5.9 95 16.06 1.000 95 1.89905 to
1.90095
10Ω Std 10Ω Std Measured Cal UUT 10Ω UUT UUT UUT Spec Max
Res Value Voltage 10Ω Std Current Displayed 10Ω True Dev. (±ppm) Difference of
Voltage Value Voltage Res Characterized to
Nominal Value
5.9 25 4.23 1.000 25 9.997 to 10.004
Resistance Accuracy Verification (19Ω And Above)
Std DMM Std DMM DMM UUT True UUT Dev. Uncert Spec TUR GB Test Max
Res Res Rdg Error UUT Res Res Value Std (±ppm) Factor Limit Difference of
Value Value (±ppm) Characterized to
Nominal Value
19Ω (1) 25 18.9943 to 19.0057
100Ω (1) 5.1 11 2.16 0.970 10.7 99.985 to 100.015
190Ω (1) 11 189.9715 to 190.0285
1 kΩ (1) 4.7 9 1.91 0.926 8.3 999.85 to 1000.15
1.9 kΩ (1) 9 1.899715k to 1.900285k
10 kΩ 3.1 9 2.92 0.978 8.8 9.9985k to 10.0015k
19 kΩ 3.5 9 2.55 0.963 8.7 18.99715k to 19.00285k
100 kΩ(1) 5.1 11 2.15 0.942 10.4 99.985k to 100.015k
190 kΩ (1) 11 189.9715k to 190.0285k
1 MΩ (1) 8.1 18 2.23 0.948 17.1 0.9998M to 1.0002M
3-48
Table 3-16. 5720A Resistance Test Record (cont)
Std DMM Std DMM DMM UUT True UUT Dev. Uncert Spec TUR GB Test Max
Res Res Rdg Error UUT Res Res Value Std (ppm) Factor Limit Difference of
Value Value (±ppm) Characterized to
Nominal Value
1.9 MΩ (1) 19 1.89962M to 1.90038M
10 MΩ) 12.0 37 3.07 0.982 36.3 9.997M to 10.003M
19 MΩ 21.9 47 2.15 0.942 44.3 18.9943M to 19.0057M
100 MΩ 110 99.95M to 100.05M
(2)
1: Not necessary to test due to 5720A Series II internal calibration process. Uncertainties and test limits are shown for other available 742A Standard Resistors.
2: Due to extremely slow settling time (approximately 5 minutes to 0.005% and sensitivity to any nearby movement, use of the DMM to test 100 megohms to the
specified 0.01% uncertainty is not practical and therefore is not recommended. For those who wish to test it, a suitable way is to use an ESI SR 1050 10M/step
Hamon-type Resistance Transfer Standard and use it in conjunction with an ESI 242-series bridge to effect the measurement to the required uncertainty.
3-49
Table 3-17. 5700A Resistance Test Record
Max
Measured UUT 1Ω Difference of
1Ω Std Res 1Ω Std 1Ω Std Cal Displayed UUT 1Ω UUT UUT Uncert Spec TUR GB Test
Value Voltage Current Voltage True Dev. Std (ppm) Factor Limit Characterized to
Voltage Value Nominal Value
Res (ppm)
5.9 95 16.06 1.000 95 0.9995 to 1.0005
Spec TUR GB Test Max
Measured UUT 1.9Ω (ppm) Factor Limit Difference of
1.9Ω Std 1.9Ω Std 1.9Ω Std Cal Displayed UUT UUT UUT
(ppm) Characterized to
Res Value Voltage Voltage Current Value 1.9Ω True Dev.
Voltage Res Nominal Value
5.9 95 16.06 1.000 95 1.89905 to 1.90095

Spec TUR GB Test Max
Measured UUT 10Ω (ppm) Factor Limit Difference of
10Ω Std 10Ω Std 10Ω Std Cal Displayed UUT UUT UUT
(ppm) Characterized to
Res Value Voltage Voltage Current Value 10Ω True Dev.
Voltage Res Nominal Value
5.9 28 4.73 1.000 28 9.997 to 10.004
Resistance Accuracy Verification (19Ω And Above)
Max
Std DMM Std DMM DMM UUT True UUT Dev. Uncert. Spec TUR GB Test Difference of
Res Res Rdg Error UUT Res Res Value std (±ppm) Factor Limit Characterized to
Value Value (±ppm) Nominal Value
19Ω (1) 18.9943 to 19.0057

100Ω (1) 5.1 17 3.33 0.990 16.8 99.985 to 100.015
190Ω (1) 11 189.9715 to 190.0285
1 kΩ (1) 4.7 12 2.54 0.963 11.6 999.85 to 1000.15
1.9 kΩ (1) 9 1.899715k to 1.900285k
10 kΩ 3.1 11 3.57 0.994 10.9 9.9985k to 10.0015k
19 kΩ 3.5 11 3.11 0.984 10.8 18.99715k to 19.00285k
100 kΩ(1) 5.1 13 2.54 0.963 12.5 99.985k to 100.015k
190 kΩ (1) 11 189.9715k to 190.0285k
1 MΩ (1) 8.1 18 2.23 0.948 17.1 0.9998M to 1.0002M
3-50
Table 3-17. 5700A Resistance Test Record (cont)
Max
Std DMM Std DMM DMM UUT True UUT Dev. Uncert. Spec TUR GB Test Difference of
Res Res Rdg Error UUT Res Res Value std (±ppm) Factor Limit Characterized to
Value Value (±ppm) Nominal Value
1.9 MΩ (1) ±19 1.89962M to 1.90038M

10 MΩ 12.0 ±37 3.07 0.982 36.3 9.997M to 10.003M
19 MΩ) 21.9 ±47 2.15 0.942 44.3 18.9943M to 19.0057M
100 MΩ ±110 99.95M to 100.05M
(2)
1: Not necessary to test due to 5720A Series II internal calibration process. Uncertainties and test limits are shown for other available 742A Standard Resistors.
2: Due to extremely slow settling time (approximately 5 minutes to 0.005% and sensitivity to any nearby movement, use of the DMM to test 100 megohms to the
specified 0.01% uncertainty is not practical and therefore is not recommended. For those who wish to test it, a suitable way is to use an ESI SR 1050 10M/step
Hamon-type Resistance Transfer Standard and use it in conjunction with an ESI 242-series bridge to effect the measurement to the required uncertainty.
3-51
Service Manual
Table 3-18. DC Voltage Test Record for 5720A
Divider 5720A 5720A Null Detector Null Det Limit Meter Limit
Setting Range Output Reading(μV) (μV) Rattle (μV)
(1) (2)
0.1V 0.22V 0.1V ±1.20 (2) NA
1V 2.2V 1V ±4.8 μV (2) 0.55
1V 11V 1V (3) ±6 (2) 2.2
10V 11V 10V (4) ±33 3.5
10V 22V 10V (3) ±35 5.5
100V 220V 100V ±45 7.5
1000V 1100V 1000V ±65 4.5
0.1V 0.22V -0.1V ±1.20 (2) NA
1V 2.2V -1V ±4.8 (2) 0.55
10V 11V -10V ±6.0 (2) 2.2
1: Mathematically, the true 5700A/5720A Series II output programmed is the certified value of the
reference standard divided by the reference standard nominal value, multiplied by the required
5700A/5720A Series II nominal output. In other words, the 5700A/5720A Series II output is always
programmed for the nominal output adjusted up or down by the same percentage as the certified value
of the reference standard.
2: On the 752A 0.1 and 1V ranges, the null detector polarity is reversed. A low input (5700A/5720A
Series II output) causes a positive null detector reading.
3: Use Range Lock to obtain 1V on 11V and 10V on 22V range. Deactivate Range Lock before setting
the next voltage output.
4: Line regulation can be verified at this time by adjusting the autotransformer for a ±10% change in line
voltage. The null detector reading must remain constant within ±1 μV.
3-52
Table 3-19. DC Voltage Test Record for 5700A
Divider 5700A 5700A Null Detector Null Det Limit Meter Limit
Setting Range Output Reading(μV) (μV) Rattle (μV)
(1) (2)
0.1V 0.22V 0.1V ±1.45 (2) NA
1V 2.2V 1V ±7.2 (2) 0.55
1V 11V 1V (3) ±9 (2) 2.2
10V 11V 10V (4) ±54 3.5
10V 22V 10V (3) ±58 5.5
100V 220V 100V ±70 7.5
1000V 1100V 1000V ±86 4.5
0.1V 0.22V -0.1V ±1.45 (2) NA
1V 2.2V -1V ±7.2 (2) 0.55
10V 11V -10V ±54 3.5
1: Mathematically, the true 5700A/5720A Series II output programmed is the certified value of the
reference standard divided by the reference standard nominal value, multiplied by the required
5700A/5720A Series II nominal output. In other words, the 5700A/5720A Series II output is always
programmed for the nominal output adjusted up or down by the same percentage as the certified value
of the reference standard.
2: On the 752A 0.1 and 1V ranges, the null detector polarity is reversed. A low input (5700A/5720A
Series II output) causes a positive null detector reading.
3: Use Range Lock to obtain 1V on 11V and 10V on 22V range. Deactivate Range Lock before setting
the next voltage output.
4: Line regulation can be verified at this time by adjusting the autotransformer for a ±10% change in line
voltage. The null detector reading must remain constant within ±1 μV.
3-53
Service Manual
Table 3-20. Direct Current Accuracy Test Record (5720A)
Characterizing dc DMM @ ±200 mV and ±2.0V

Column A Column B
Std DC DMM UUT Actual Test Limit,
Output Rdg. Std Res UUT Error
Current Res Setting Error (A+B) 90-day
Correction Reading
Value (ppm) (±ppm)
(ppm) (ppm)
+2A 0.1Ω (200 mV) 118
-2A 0.1Ω (200 mV) 118
+200 mA 1.0Ω (200 mV) 57
-200 mA 1.0Ω (200 mV) 57
+20 mA 10Ω (200 mV) 38
-20 mA 10Ω (200 mV) 38
+2 mA 1 kΩ (2V) 39
-2 mA 1 kΩ (2V) 39
+200 μA 10 kΩ (2V) 49
-200 μA 10 kΩ (2V) 49
3-54
Table 3-21. Direct Current Accuracy Test Record (5700A)
Characterizing dc DMM @ ±200 mV and ±2.0V

Column A Column B
Output Std DC DMM UUT Actual Test Limit,
Rdg Std Res UUT Error
Current Res Setting Error (A+B) 90-day
Correction Reading
Value (ppm) (ppm)
(ppm) (ppm)
+2A 0.1Ω (200 mV) 135
-2A 0.1Ω (200 mV) 135
+200 mA 1.0Ω (200 mV) 73
-200 mA 1.0Ω (200 mV) 73
+20 mA 10Ω (200 mV) 55
-20 mA 10Ω (200 mV) 55
+2 mA 1 kΩ (2V) 55
-2 mA 1 kΩ (2V) 55
+200 μA 10 kΩ (2V) 100
-200 μA 10 kΩ (2V) 100
5725A Amplifier DC Current Test

Output DC DMM Certified Shunt Cal Actual Test Limits, 90-
Current Reading Value Current day
(±ppm)
+10A 388 ppm
-10A 388 ppm
+5A 436 ppm
+3A 500 ppm
-3A 500 ppm
Table 3-22. AC Voltage Frequency Accuracy Test Record
Frequency Tolerance Actual

10 Hz 99.99 ms - 100.01 ms
15 Hz 66.673 ms - 66.66 ms
100 Hz 9.999 ms - 10.001 ms
200 Hz 199.98 Hz - 200.02 Hz
500 Hz 499.95 Hz - 500.05 Hz
1 kHz 999.9 Hz - 1000.1 Hz
5 kHz 4999.5 Hz - 5000.5 Hz
10 kHz 9.999 kHz - 10.001 kHz
140 kHz 139.986 kHz - 140.014 kHz
200 kHz 199.98 kHz - 200.02 kHz
500 kHz 499.95 kHz - 500.05 kHz
1 MHz 0.9999 MHz - 1.0001 MHz
3-55
Service Manual
Table 3-23. 5720A AC Voltage Output Test Record
5790A
Output Error Spec 1-Year
Frequency Display TUR GB Test Limit (4)
Level (± ppm ) Spec
Reading Factor (± ppm)
(± ppm)
90-Day Test Record
2 mV 1 kHz 2590 1070 2.42 0.958 2480
2 mV 20 kHz 2590 1070 2.42 0958 2480
2 mV 50 kHz 2730 1810 1.51 0.882 2408
2 mV 100 kHz 3540 2450 1.44 0.874 3093
2 mV 300 kHz 7200 4300 1.67 0.903 6498
2 mV 500 kHz 14000 6400 2.19 0.945 13223
2 mV 1 MHz 15600 7500 2.08 0.938 14637
2 mV 40 Hz 2950 1070 2.42 0.958 2480
2 mV 20 Hz 2605 1390 1.87 0.923 2403
2 mV 10 Hz 2770 2350 1.18 0.823 2280
20 mV 1 kHz 340 175 1.94 0.928 316
20 mV 20 kHz 340 175 1.94 0.928 316
20 mV 50 kHz 480 310 1.55 0.887 426
20 mV 100 kHz 840 435 1.93 0.928 779
20 mV 300 kHz 1800 1010 1.78 0.914 1646
20 mV 500 kHz 2750 1290 2.13 0.942 2789
20 mV 1 MHz 4350 2100 2.07 0.938 4079
20 mV 40 Hz 340 175 1.94 0.928 316
20 mV 20 Hz 355 255 1.94 0.866 307
20 mV 10 Hz 520 355 1.46 0.877 456
200 mV 1 kHz 130 45 2.89 0.977 127
200 mV 20 kHz 130 45 2.89 0.977 127
200 mV 50 kHz 270 79 3.42 0.990 267
200 mV 100 kHz 640 172 3.72 0.996 638
200 mV 300 kHz 1025 270 3.80 0.997 1022
200 mV 500 kHz 1650 420 3.93 0.999 1648
200 mV 1 MHz 3200 1040 3.08 0.982 3143
200 mV 40 Hz 130 45 2.89 0.977 127
200 mV 20 Hz 245 92 1.58 0.891 129
200 mV 10 Hz 345 217 1.59 0.892 308
2V 1 kHz 52 24 2.17 0.943 49
2V 20 kHz 52 24 2.17 0.943 49
2V 50 kHz 91 46 1.98 0.931 85
2V 100 kHz 145 71 2.04 0.936 136
2V 300 kHz 470 160 2.94 0.978 460
2V 500 kHz 1225 260 4.70 1.000 ⎯
2V 1 MHz 2100 900 2.23 0.953 2001
2V 40 Hz 52 24 2.17 0.943 49
2V 20 Hz 110 66 1.67 0.901 99
2V 10 Hz 295 200 1.48 0.878 259
2.3V(1) 1 kHz 81 24 3.37 0.989 80
20V 1 kHz 52 27 1.87 0.923 47
20V 20 kHz 52 27 1.87 0.923 47
20V 50 kHz 91 48 1.90 0.924 84
20V 100 kHz 128 81 1.57 0.891 114
20V 300 kHz 350 190 1.84 0.920 322
20V 500 kHz 1225 400 3.06 0.982 1203
20V 1 MHz 1800 1200 1.50 0.881 1585
20V(2) 40 Hz 52 27 1.87 0.923 47
20V 20 Hz 110 67 1.64 0.899 99
20V 10 Hz 295 200 1.48 0.878 259
3-56
Table 3-23. 5720A AC Voltage Test Record (cont)
5790A
(± ppm)
200V 1 kHz 64 31 2.05 0.936 59
200V 20 kHz 64 31 2.05 0.936 59
200V 50 kHz 101 69 1.46 0.875 88
200V 100 kHz 185 98 1.89 0.923 171
200V(2) 40 Hz 64 31 2.05 0.936 59
200V 20 Hz 110 68 1.62 0.896 99
200V 10 Hz 295 200 1.48 0.878 259
300V(3) 20 kHz 145 41 3.54 .993 144
600V(3) 50 kHz 378 130 2.91 .977 369
600V(3) 100 kHz 1375 500 2.21 .945 1299
1 kV 1 kHz 79 38 2.08 0.938 74
1 kV 50 Hz 79 38 2.08 0.938 74
1 kV 300 Hz 79 38 2.08 0.938 74
1 kV(3) 20 kHz 131 38 3.45 .991 130
1 kV(3) 30 kHz 371 130 2.85 .975 362
1 kV(3) 40 Hz 84 38 2.21 .945 79
1: This is a test of the bottom of the 20V range .
2: Observe the Calibrator output for 10 minutes and verify that it remains stable within ±7.5 ppm.
3: Perform only for units that are used with a 5725A Amplifier.
4: When the TUR (Test Uncertainty Ratio) is less than 4:1, the spec is reduced to give the same
Consumer Risk as a 4:1 TUR as described later in this chapter.
3-57
Service Manual
Table 3-24. 5700A AC Voltage Output Test Record
5790A
(± ppm)
90-Day Test Record
2 mV 1 kHz 2610 1070 2.44 0.958 2500
2 mV 20 kHz 2610 1070 2.44 0.958 2500
2 mV 50 kHz 2870 1810 1.59 0.892 2561
2 mV 100 kHz 4900 2450 2.00 0.932 4568
2 mV 300 kHz 8700 4300 2.02 0.932 8128
2 mV 500 kHz 16700 6400 2.61 0.966 16132
2 mV 1 MHz 24400 7500 3.25 0.987 24078
2 mV 40 Hz 2610 1070 2.44 0.958 2500
2 mV 20 Hz 2720 1390 1.96 0.928 2524
2 mV 10 Hz 3050 2350 1.30 0.848 2586
20 mV 1 kHz 410 175 2.34 0.953 391
20 mV 20 kHz 410 175 2.34 0.953 391
20 mV 50 kHz 670 310 2.16 0.943 632
20 mV 100 kHz 1300 435 2.99 0.980 1274
20 mV 300 kHz 1950 1010 1.93 0.927 1808
20 mV 500 kHz 3200 1290 2.48 0.960 3072
20 mV 1 MHz 6400 2100 3.05 0.982 6280
20 mV 40 Hz 410 175 2.34 0.950 390
20 mV 20 Hz 520 255 2.04 0.935 486
20 mV 10 Hz 850 355 2.39 0.956 813
200 mV 1 kHz 150 45 3.33 0.988 148
200 mV 20 kHz 150 45 3.33 0.988 148
200 mV 50 kHz 380 79 4.81 1.000 ⎯
200 mV 100 kHz 950 172 5.52 1.000 ⎯
200 mV 300 kHz 1150 270 4.26 1.000 ⎯
200 mV 500 kHz 1900 420 4.52 1.000 ⎯
200 mV 1 MHz 3800 1040 3.65 0.995 3781
200 mV 40 Hz 150 45 3.33 0.988 148
200 mV 20 Hz 270 92 2.93 0.978 264
200 mV 10 Hz 630 217 2.90 0.977 616
2V 1 kHz 78 24 3.25 0.987 77
2V 20 kHz 78 24 3.25 0.987 77
2V 50 kHz 140 46 3.04 0.980 137
2V 100 kHz 290 71 4.08 1.000 ⎯
2V 300 kHz 515 160 3.22 0.986 508
2V 500 kHz 1300 260 5.00 1.000 ⎯
2V 1 MHz 2700 900 3.00 0.980 2646
2V 40 Hz 78 24 3.25 0.987 77
2V 20 Hz 185 66 2.80 0.974 180
2V 10 Hz 600 200 3.00 0.980 588
2.3V(1) 1 kHz 105 24 4.38 1.000 ⎯
20V 1 kHz 78 27 2.89 0.977 77
20V 20 kHz 78 27 2.89 0.977 77
20V 50 kHz 140 48 2.92 0.978 137
20V 100 kHz 270 81 3.33 0.988 267
20V 300 kHz 635 190 3.34 0.988 627
20V 500 kHz 1550 400 3.88 0.998 1547
20V 1 MHz 3250 1200 2.71 0.970 3153
20V(2) 40 Hz 78 27 2.89 0.977 77
20V 20 Hz 185 67 2.76 0.972 180
20V 10 Hz 600 200 3.00 0.980 588
3-58
Table 3-24. 5700A AC Voltage Output Test Record (cont)
5790A
(± ppm)
200V 1 kHz 85 31 2.74 0.971 83
200V 20 kHz 85 31 2.74 0.971 83
200V 50 kHz 240 69 3.48 0.991 238
200V 100 kHz 600 98 6.12 1.00 ⎯
200V(2) 40 Hz 85 31 2.74 0.972 83
200V 20 Hz 185 68 2.72 0.970 179
200V 10 Hz 600 200 3.00 0.980 588
300V(3) 20 kHz 145 41 3.54 0.993 144
600V(3) 50 kHz 378 130 2.91 0.977 369
600V(3) 100 kHz 1375 500 2.21 0.945 1299
1 kV 1 kHz 84 38 2.21 0.945 79
1 kV 50 Hz 84 38 2.21 0.945 79
1 kV 300 Hz 84 38 2.21 0.945 79
1 kV(3) 20 kHz 131 38 3.45 0.991 130
1 kV(3) 30 kHz 371 130 2.85 0.975 362
1 kV(3) 40 Hz 84 38 2.21 0.945 79
1: This is a test of the bottom of the 20V range .
2: Observe the Calibrator output for 10 minutes and verify that it remains stable within ±7.5 ppm.
3: Perform only for units that are used with a 5725A Amplifier.
4: When the TUR (Test Uncertainty Ratio) is less than 4:1, the spec is reduced to give the same
Consumer Risk as a 4:1 TUR as described later in this chapter.
Table 3-25. AC Voltage 2 mV Range Test Record
Characterized 1.9 mV Reading Error Display Reading Limits
±0.26%
3-59
Service Manual
Table 3-26. 5720A AC Current 20 mA to 10A Accuracy Test Record
2A, 200 mA, 20 mA and 10A Test Record
Output Freq A40 Shunt UUT Error Calculated Spec

Current AC-DC Diff Display Error ± ppm
2A 40 Hz 320
2A 1 kHz 320
2A 5 kHz 510
2A 10 kHz 7100
200 mA 10 Hz 305
200 mA 20 Hz 200
200 mA 40 Hz 145
200 mA 1 kHz 145
200 mA 5 kHz 240
200 mA 10 kHz 1160
20 mA 10 Hz 305
20 mA 20 Hz 200
20 mA 40 Hz 150
20 mA 1 kHz 150
20 mA 5 kHz 255
20 mA 10 kHz 1400
10A (1) 40 Hz 417
10A (1) 1 kHz 417
10A (1) 5 kHz 888
10A (1) 10 kHz 3375
1: If a 5725A is attached.
3-60
Table 3-27. 5700A AC Current 20 mA to 10A Accuracy Test Record
2A, 200 mA, 20 mA and 10A Test Record (10A Only for 5725A)
Output Freq A40 Shunt UUT Error Calculated Specs

Current AC-DC Diff Display Error ±ppm
2A 40 Hz 670
2A 1 kHz 670
2A 5 kHz 800
2A 10 kHz 9100
200 mA 10 Hz 725
200 mA 20 Hz 400
200 mA 40 Hz 170
200 mA 1 kHz 170
200 mA 5 kHz 850
200 mA 10 kHz 2100
20 mA 10 Hz 725
20 mA 20 Hz 400
20 mA 40 Hz 160
20 mA 1 kHz 60
20 mA 5 kHz 850
20 mA 10 kHz 2100
10A (1) 40 Hz 417
10A (1) 1 kHz 417
10A (1) 5 kHz 888
10A (1) 10 kHz 3375
1: If a 5725 is attached.
3-61
Service Manual
Table 3-28. 5720A AC Current 2 mA and 200 μA Accuracy Test Record
5790A
Test Limits
Output Spec. Transfer
Frequency Error TUR GB ± ppm
Current ± ppm Spec Factor
(90-day) ± ppm
2 mA 10 Hz 305 210 1.45 0.874 267
2 mA 20 Hz 200 73 2.74 0.971 194
2 mA 40 Hz 150 27 5.56 1.000 150
2 mA 1 kHz 150 27 5.56 1.000 150
2 mA 5 kHz 285 27 10.56 1.000 285
2 mA 10 kHz 1500 27 55.56 1.000 1500
200 μA 10 Hz 380 210 1.81 0.916 348
200 μA 20 Hz 240 73 3.29 0.988 237
200 μA 40 Hz 180 27 6.67 1.000 180
200 μA 1 kHz 180 27 6.67 1.000 180
200 μA 5 kHz 395 27 14.63 1.000 +365/-425 (1)
200 μA 10 kHz 1500 27 55.56 1.000 +1380/-1620
(1)
1: The spec is modified because of the capacitive loading of the 2K resistor by the cable and input of the
5790A.
Table 3-29. 5700A AC Current 2 mA and 200 μA Accuracy Test Record
5790A
Test Limits
Output Spec Transfer
Frequency Error TUR GB ± ppm
Current ± ppm Spec Factor
(90-day) ± ppm
2 mA 10 Hz 725 210 3.45 0.991 718
2 mA 20 Hz 400 73 5.48 1.000 400
2 mA 40 Hz 160 27 5.93 1.000 160
2 mA 1 kHz 160 27 5.93 1.000 160
2 mA 5 kHz 850 27 31.48 1.000 850
2 mA 10 kHz 2100 27 77.8 1.000 2100
200 μA 10 Hz 850 210 4.05 1.000 850
200 μA 20 Hz 505 73 6.92 1.000 505
200 μA 40 Hz 240 27 8.89 1.000 240
200 μA 1 kHz 240 27 8.89 1.000 240
200 μA 5 kHz 850 27 31.48 1.000 +820/-880 (1)
200 μA 10 kHz 2100 27 77.8 1.000 +1980/-2220
(1)
1: The spec is modified because of the capacitive loading of the 2K resistor by the cable and input of the
5790A.
3-62
Table 3-30. Wideband Frequency Accuracy Test Record
Frequency ( Hz ) Frequency Measured Tolerance Limits
10 Hz 99.99 ms to 100.01 ms
100 Hz 9.999 ms to 10.001 ms
300 Hz 299.97 Hz to 300.03 Hz
500 Hz 499.95 Hz to 500.05 Hz
800 Hz 799.92 Hz to 800.08 Hz
900 Hz 899.91 Hz to 900.09 Hz
1 kHz 999.0 Hz to 1.0001 kHz
1.19 kHz 1.189881 kHz to 1.190119 kHz
2.2 MHz 2.19978 MHz to 2.20022 MHz
3.5 MHz 3.49965 MHz to 3.50035 MHz
3.8 MHz 3.79962 MHz to 3.80038 MHz
10 MHz 9.990 MHz to 10.001 MHz
20 MHz 19.998 MHz to 20.002 MHz
30 MHz 29.997 MHz to 30.003 MHz
3-63
Service Manual
Table 3-31. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Record
5790A
Output Measured Spec Test
1-Year Spec TUR GB
Level Error ± ppm (90-day) Limit
± ppm Factor
2.1V 2238 24 93 1.000 2238

1.0V 2900 24 121 1.000 2900
0.3V 2833 38 74.5 1.000 2833
0.1V 3400 53 64.1 1.000 3400
30 mV 3333 115 29.0 1.000 3333
10 mV 3900 240 16.2 1.000 3900
3 mV 4833 643 7.5 1.000 4833
1 mV 5400 1720 3.14 0.980 5292
Table 3-32. Wideband Flatness Test Record
Output Measured Spec 5790A

Frequency TUR GB Test Limit
± ppm 1-Year
Level Flatness Error Factor ± ppm
(90-day) Spec
3V 10 Hz 3000 1000 3.00 0.980 2940
30 Hz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
10 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
120 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
500 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
2 MHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
5 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864
10 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864
20 MHz 4000 1500 2.67 0.968 3872
30 MHz 10000 3500 2.86 0.975 9750
1V 10 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
120 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
500 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
2 MHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
5 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864
10 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864
20 MHz 4000 1500 2.67 0.968 3872
30 MHz 10000 3500 2.86 0.975 9750
300 mV 10 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
120 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
500 kHz 1000 300 3.33 0.988 988
2 MHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
5 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864
10 MHz 2000 1000 2.00 0.932 1864
20 MHz 4000 1500 2.67 0.968 3872
30 MHz 10000 3500 2.86 0.975 9750
100 mV 10 kHz 1000 400 2.50 0.961 961
120 kHz 1000 400 2.50 0.961 961
500 kHz 1030 400 2.58 0.964 993
2 MHz 1030 500 2.06 0.936 964
5 MHz 2030 1000 2.03 0.933 1894
10 MHz 2030 1000 2.03 0.933 1894
20 MHz 4030 1500 2.69 0.970 3909
30 MHz 10030 3500 2.87 0.976 9789
3-64
Table 3-32. Wideband Flatness Test Record (cont)
Output Measured Spec 5790A

Frequency TUR GB Test Limit
± ppm 1-Year
Level Flatness Error Factor ± ppm
(90-day) Spec
30 mV 10 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
120 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
500 kHz 1100 500 2.20 0.945 1040
2 MHz 1100 500 2.20 0.945 1040
5 MHz 2100 1000 2.10 0.939 1972
10 MHz 2100 1000 2.10 0.939 1972
20 MHz 4100 1500 2.73 0.972 3985
30 MHz 10100 3500 2.89 0.977 9868
10 mV 10 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
120 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
500 kHz 1300 700 1.86 0.920 1196
2 MHz 1300 700 1.86 0.920 1196
5 MHz 2300 1000 2.30 0.950 2185
10 MHz 2300 1000 2.30 0.950 2185
20 MHz 4300 1700 2.53 0.962 4137
30 MHz 10300 3700 2.78 0.972 10012
3 mV 10 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
120 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
500 kHz 2000 1033 1.94 0.928 1856
2 MHz 2000 1033 1.94 0.928 1856
5 MHz 4000 1333 3.00 0.980 3920
10 MHZ 4000 1333 3.00 0.980 3920
20 MHz 6000 2033 2.95 0.978 5868
30 MHz 16000 4033 3.97 0.999 15984
1 mV 10 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
120 kHz 1000 500 2.00 0.932 932
500 kHz 5000 1700 2.94 0.978 4890
2 MHz 5000 1700 2.94 0.978 4890
5 MHZ 7000 2700 2.59 0.965 6755
10 MHz 7000 2700 2.59 0.965 6755
20 MHz 9000 4000 2.25 0.948 8532
30 MHz 30000 9000 3.33 0.988 29640
3-65
Service Manual
Table 3-33. Wideband Absolute Error 10 Hz to 500 kHz
1 kHz Absolute Flatness Error Error Sum 90-Day

Output Frequency
Error ppm ppm Spec Limit
Level
ppm (±ppm)
2.1V 10 Hz 5238
30 Hz 2238
10 kHz 2238
120 kHz 2238
500 kHz 2238
1V 10 kHz 2900
120 kHz 2900
500 kHz 2900
300 mV 10 kHz 2833
120 kHz 2833
500 kHz 2833
100 mV 10 kHz 3400
120 kHz 3400
500 kHz 3400
30 mV 10 kHz 3333
120 kHz 3333
500 kHz 3333
10 mV 10 kHz 3900
120 kHz 3900
500 kHz 3900
3 mV 10 kHz 4833
120 kHz 4833
500 kHz 4833
1 mV 10 kHz 5400
120 kHz 5400
500 kHz 5400
3-66
Table 3-34. Load Regulation Test Record
Div. Setting 5700A/5720A Series II Change In Null Change In
Out/Full Load
Range Measured Null Limit
10V 11V 10V/199Ω ±3.1 μV
100V 220V 100V/1999Ω ±42 μV
1000V 1100V 1000V/49.99 kΩ ±310 μV
Table 3-35. DC Voltage Linearity Test Record
Kelvin-Varley Setting 5700A/5720A Series II Null Detector Null Detector

Output Reading Reading limit
0.1 1V ±2.3 μV
0.2 2V ±2.6 μV
0.3 3V ±2.9 μV
0.4 4V ±3.2 μV
0.5 5V ±3.5 μV
0.6 6V ±3.8 μV
0.7 7V ±4.1 μV
0.8 8V ±4.4 μV
0.9 9V ±4.7 μV
Table 3-36. DC Voltage Output Noise Test
Differential Amplifier Rms Meter Maximum rms Meter

Calibrator (UUT)
Sensitivity Reading Reading
50 μV/division 2.2V 150 mV
50 μV/division 10V 500 mV
3-67
Service Manual
Table 3-37. AC V Distortion Test Summary
5700A/5720A Series Load Resistors Frequency Measured Max.

II Output Distortion Distortion
2V 100Ω, 1/8W 10 Hz, 20 Hz 0.054%
1 kHz, 20 kHz, 50 kHz, 0.044%
100 kHz, 200 kHz, 500 kHz 0.355%
20V 1 kΩ, 1/2W 10 Hz, 20 Hz 0.0535%
20 kHz, 100 kHz 0.0385%
200 kHz, 500 kHz 0.304%
200V 10 kΩ, 5W 10 Hz, 20 Hz 0.055%
50 kHz, 100 kHz 0.1065%
300V(1) 15 kΩ, 5W 40 Hz 0.1%
300V(1) 15 kΩ, 5W 50 kHz 0.3%
300V(1) 15 kΩ, 5W 70 kHz 0.4%
(1) The 5700A/5720A Series II maximum volt-Hertz product is (2.2 x 107) The 300V level assumes that a
Fluke 5725A Amplifier is attached.
Table 3-38. Test Record for Flatness Check of the AC 2 mV Range
Frequency UUT Error Display Reading Limits
10 Hz
20 Hz ±0.26%
40 Hz
1 kHz ±0.26%
20 kHz ±0.29%
50 kHz ±0.49%
100 kHz ±0.87%
300 kHz
500 kHz ±1.83%
1 MHz
3-68
Chapter 4
Maintenance
Title Page
4-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 4-3

4-2. Accessing the Fuse................................................................................ 4-3
4-3. Cleaning the Air Filter .......................................................................... 4-3
4-4. General Cleaning .................................................................................. 4-4
4-5. Cleaning PCA's ..................................................................................... 4-5
4-6. Access Procedures ................................................................................ 4-5
4-7. Top and Bottom Covers.................................................................... 4-5
4-8. Digital Section Cover ....................................................................... 4-5
4-9. Analog Section Covers ..................................................................... 4-5
4-10. Rear Panel Removal and Installation................................................ 4-5
4-11. Rear Panel Assembly Access ........................................................... 4-6
4-12. Front Panel Removal and Installation .............................................. 4-6
4-13. Display Assembly Removal and Installation ............................... 4-7
4-14. Keyboard Assembly Removal and Installation ............................ 4-7
4-15. Analog Assembly Removal and Installation .................................... 4-8
4-16. Digital Assembly Removal and Installation ..................................... 4-10
4-17. Power Transformer Removal and Installation.................................. 4-10
4-18. Hybrid Cover Removal..................................................................... 4-10
4-19. Front/Rear Binding Post Reconfiguration ............................................ 4-10
4-20. Installing a Wideband AC Module (Option -03) .................................. 4-12
4-21. Clearing Ghost Images from the Control Display ................................ 4-12
4-22. Replacing the Clock/Calendar Backup Battery .................................... 4-12
4-23. Using Remote Commands Reserved for Servicing............................... 4-13
4-24. Using the ETIME Command............................................................ 4-13
4-25. Fault Codes ........................................................................................... 4-15
4-1
Service Manual
4-2
Maintenance
Introduction 4
4-1. Introduction
Because this is a high performance instrument, it is not recommended that the user
service the boards to the component level. In many different ways it is easy to introduce a
subtle long-term stability problem by handling the boards. Access procedures are
provided for those who want to replace a faulty module.
4-2. Accessing the Fuse

The fuse is accessible from the rear panel. The fuse rating label to the right of the fuse
holder shows the correct replacement fuse ratings for each operating voltage. To access
the fuse, refer to Figure 4-1 and proceed as follows:
1. Disconnect line power.
2. Using a standard screwdriver, turn the fuse holder counterclockwise until the cap and
fuse are disengaged.
VOLTAGE FUSE-F1 VOLTAGE FUSE-F1

SELECTION SELECTION
S2 S3 S4 S2 S3 S4
100V 200V
T 3A T 1.5A
110V 250V 220V 250V
115V (SB) 230V (SB)
120V 240V
CHASSIS
GROUND
!
FUSE -F1
S2 S3 S4
f7-1.eps
Figure 4-1. Accessing the Fuse
4-3. Cleaning the Air Filter

WCaution
Damage caused by overheating may occur if the area around
the fan is restricted, the intake air is too warm, or the air filter
becomes clogged.
The air filter must be removed and cleaned every 30 days or more frequently if the
calibrator is operated in a dusty environment. The air filter is accessible from the rear
panel of the calibrator.
4-3
Service Manual
To clean the air filter, refer to Figure 4-2 and proceed as follows:
CHASSIS
GROUND
!
FUSE -F1
S2 S3 S4
F4-1.EPS
Figure 4-2. Air Filter
1. Disconnect line power.

2. Remove the filter element.
a. Unscrew the knurled screw at the top of the air filter (counterclockwise).
b. Pull the air filter retainer downward; it hinges at the bottom.
c. Remove the filter element.
3. Clean the filter element.
a. Wash the filter element in soapy water.
b. Rinse the filter element in fresh running water.
c. Shake out the excess water, then allow the filter element to dry thoroughly before
reinstalling it.
4. Reinstall the filter element, its retainer, and the knurled screw.
4-4. General Cleaning

To keep the Calibrator looking like new, clean the case, front panel keys, and lens using a
soft cloth slightly dampened with water or a non-abrasive mild cleaning solution that
does not harm plastics.
WCaution
Do not use aromatic hydrocarbons or chlorinated solvents for
cleaning. They can damage the plastic materials used in the
calibrator.
4-4
Maintenance
Cleaning PCA's 4
4-5. Cleaning PCA's
Printed circuit assemblies only need cleaning after repair work. After soldering on a pca,
remove flux residue using isopropyl alcohol and a cotton swab.
4-6. Access Procedures

WXWarning
Servicing described in this section is to be performed by
qualified service personnel only. To avoid electrical shock, do
not perform any servicing unless qualified to do so.
4-7. Top and Bottom Covers

Check that power is not connected to the Calibrator; the power control must be off, and
the line power cord must be disconnected. Top and bottom covers are each secured with
eight Phillips head screws (four front, four rear).
4-8. Digital Section Cover

The Digital Section is accessed through one top cover that is secured by six Phillips head
screws.
4-9. Analog Section Covers

The Analog Section is enclosed with separate covers on top and bottom. The top cover is
secured with seven Phillips head screws. The bottom Analog Section cover is secured
with eight Phillips head screws (three short, five longer).
4-10. Rear Panel Removal and Installation

Detach the Rear Panel by removing the six hex head screws (three on each rear handle
side) and the two Phillips head screws found along the side of the Fan Assembly. Refer to
Figure 4-3 for screw locations.
REMOVE
Figure 4-3. Rear Panel Removal
4-5
Service Manual
4-11. Rear Panel Assembly Access

Refer to Figure 4-4 during the following procedure:
REMOVE
1 1
REMOVE
1 REMOVE FACK SCREWS TO SEPARATE THE REAR PANEL CIRCUIT BOARD FROM
THE METAL HOUSING.
F4-3.EPS
Figure 4-4. Rear Panel Assembly Access
1. Remove the six securing screws for the Rear Panel assembly housing.
2. Gently pull the rear panel housing from the Rear Panel.
3. Allow the rear panel housing to lay flat on the work surface by removing the two
ribbon cables from the Rear Panel board.
4. Remove the two nuts at TB1 and TB2 on the paddle board; separate the associated
wires from the paddle board.
5. Remove P11 from J11. Then remove the two paddle board mounting screws and
separate the paddle board from the Rear Panel assembly.
6. Remove the jack screws for each connection on the rear panel housing, then gently
lift the Rear Panel assembly out from the housing.
7. Reverse this procedure to install the Rear Panel assembly.
4-12. Front Panel Removal and Installation

Refer to Figure 4-5 during the following procedure:
4-6
Maintenance
Access Procedures 4
F4-4.EPS
Figure 4-5. Front Panel Removal
1. Remove the Calibrator top and bottom covers.

2. Remove the single screw at the top of the Front Panel and the six hex screws on the
front handle sides. Then grasp both handles and gently tilt the Front Panel down and
away from the mainframe, disengaging the green power button. Position the Front
Panel on its handles, in front of the instrument.
3. If you need to completely detach the Front Panel from the Calibrator, one, or possibly
two, cables must be disconnected. The output cable must be detached in all
configurations. If the Wideband Option is installed, you must also detach the related
connector from the Front Panel.
Reverse this procedure to install the Front Panel.
4-13. Display Assembly Removal and Installation

Once the Front Panel has been removed, use the following procedure to access the
Display assembly.
1. Remove the ribbon cable connecting the Display assembly to the Motherboard.
2. Remove the six screws securing the Front Panel Display assembly cover shield.
Three of these screws are accessed from the inside, and the other three are accessed
along the top of the front panel.
3. Remove the seven screws securing the Front Panel Display assembly to the Front
Panel. Gently lift the Front Panel Display assembly up, and remove the keyboard
ribbon cable. Now remove the Front Panel Display assembly.
Reverse this procedure to install the Front Panel Display assembly.
4-14. Keyboard Assembly Removal and Installation
The following procedure assumes that the Display Assembly Removal procedure has
already been completed.
1. Remove all output cable connections (including GROUND-to-metal) from the front
panel binding posts. Save all removed hardware.
2. Remove the two hex screws at the front of each handle. Then remove the front
handles.
3. Gently release the eight plastic hook catches, and separate the front panel plastic
from the sheet metal.
4-7
Service Manual
4. Remove the output adjustment knob flywheel by taking out its center screw. Hold the
wheel in place by inserting a pencil in one of the flywheel holes and pressing on one
of the plastic standoffs.
5. Remove the nine self-tapping screws connecting the Keyboard assembly to the front
panel plastic.
6. Remove the Keyboard assembly by gently releasing the seven plastic hook catches.
Work from one side of the board to the other. Start at either side by simultaneously
releasing a catch and lifting on the board.
Reverse this procedure to install the Keyboard assembly. When reconnecting the wires to
the binding posts, be sure to include a washer on each side of the ring terminals. Refer to
the nearby decal or see sheet 4 of the Analog Motherboard schematic in Section 8 of this
manual for proper connection of the output cable to the front binding posts.
WCaution
Do not tighten the nuts that hold the wires to the binding posts
more than 7 in-lb. Force exceeding 7 in-lb can destroy the
binding posts.
4-15. Analog Assembly Removal and Installation

The analog assemblies are installed in the sequence shown in Figure 4-6. Note that each
module cannot be positioned in any other slot and that identifying information on the tab
for each module faces forward. In most cases, the component side of each module also
faces forward. The component side faces to the rear for three modules: Current/High
Resolution Oscillator (A7), Ohms Cal (A9), and High Voltage Control (A14). All
modules except the High Voltage Control pull straight up to disengage from the Digital
Motherboard. For the High Voltage Control module, two Phillips head captive screws at
the outer corners of the High Voltage Transformer must be removed before the module
can be removed.
4-8
Maintenance
Access Procedures 4
IEEE
RS232
A21 REAR PANEL PCA

VOLTAGE SELECT
SWITCHES
A18 FILTER/PA SUPPLY PCA
A17 REGULATOR/GUARD CROSSING PCA
CAPTIVE
A16 POWER AMPLIFIER PCA
SCREWS
A15 HIGH VOLTAGE/HIGH

CURRENT PCA
A22 POWER TRANSFORMER

(COMPONENTS
FACE REAR) A14 HIGH VOLTAGE CONTROL PCA
A13 OSCILLATOR OUTPUT PCA
A12 OSCILLATOR CONTROL PCA
A11 DAC PCA
A19 DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY PCA

A10 OHMS MAIN PCA
(COMPONENTS
FACE REAR) A9 OHMS CAL PCA
A8 SWITCH MATRIX PCA

A20 CPU PCA
(COMPONENTS A7 CURRENT/HIGH-RESOLUTION
FACE REAR) OSCILLATOR PCA
A6 WIDEBAND OSCILLATOR PCA
A5 WIDEBAND OUTPUT PCA A4 DIGITAL

MOTERBOARD PCA
A2 FRONT PANEL PCA
A1 KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY
FRONT PANEL
F4-5.EPS
Figure 4-6. Analog and Digital Assemblies
WCaution
Do not touch any circuit area on an analog assembly.
Contamination from skin oil can produce high resistance paths,
with resulting leakage currents and possible erroneous
readings. Always grasp an analog assembly by its upper corner
ears.
4-9
Service Manual
4-16. Digital Assembly Removal and Installation

Remove the CPU Assembly or the Digital Power Supply Assembly by pulling straight up
at the top corners of the assembly. In relation to the chassis side, the CPU Assembly
components face toward, and the Digital Power Supply Assembly components face away.
See Figure 4-6.
4-17. Power Transformer Removal and Installation

Use the following procedure to remove the Power Transformer assembly:
1. Remove the Calibrator Front and Rear Panels.
2. Remove the Digital Power Supply (A19) and CPU (A20) assemblies.
3. Detach the five connectors leading from the Power Transformer assembly to the
Digital Motherboard. The three connectors at the rear of the assembly may not be
accessible without first removing the rear fan. With the two digital assemblies (A19
and A20) removed, the four Phillips head screws securing this fan can be accessed
through holes in the chassis side.
Note that no two Power Transformer connectors are the same size and that each
connector is keyed; re-connection only involves matching appropriate connectors.
4. Working from the bottom of the instrument, remove the Digital Motherboard (A4)
assembly.
5. Remove the eleven screws securing the Power Transformer assembly, as follows:
• Rear Panel: two screws, which were removed along with the Rear Panel.
• Front Panel: two screws.
• Top Edge: four screws.
• Bottom Edge: three screws.
6. Remove the Power Transformer assembly.
To install the Power Transformer assembly, reverse the preceding six steps.
4-18. Hybrid Cover Removal

When removing the plastic covers from the hybrid assemblies, push the ends of the cover
retainer pins through from the back of the circuit board. The retainer pins can be damaged
by attempting to pull the covers off.
4-19. Front/Rear Binding Post Reconfiguration

An internal cable can be configured for output connections at either the front or rear
binding posts. The front binding posts are usually connected at the factory. If the rear
binding posts are connected at the factory, a decal describing this arrangement is attached
to the front binding posts. The procedure that follows can be used to swap an existing
binding post configuration; it is to be done only at Service Centers. The following
procedure can be used to change front-to-rear or rear-to-front.
4-10
Maintenance
Front/Rear Binding Post Reconfiguration 4
Reverse this procedure when changing from rear to front output operation.
1. Remove instrument top and bottom covers and remove bottom analog guard cover.
2. Remove the instrument front panel by removing the three hex screws on each front
handle side and a single screw on the top of the front panel. See Figure 4-5 for screw
locations. By grasping the handles gently pull the front panel away from the frame
and lay it on its handles in front of the instrument.
3. Remove all the wires connecting the ring terminals of the output cable to the front
panel binding posts. Save all hardware removed during this step.
4. Remove the two screws and restraining board attaching the toroid to the Front Panel.
Save these items.
5. Position the output cable and toroid along the bottom left side of the instrument. In a
later step, the output cable will be positioned between the Analog Motherboard and
the left side panel.
6. Install the Front Panel.
7. Detach the Rear Panel by removing six hex screws (three on each rear handle side)
and two screws near the the fan filter on the Rear Panel. See Figure 4-3 for screw
locations. Then grasp the handles and gently pull the Rear Panel away from the
frame.
8. Orient the instrument so that it is resting on its right side panel, with its bottom facing
you.
9. Route the output cable between the left side panel and the Analog Motherboard,
ending at the Rear Panel.
10. Using the items obtained during toroid removal, attach the toroid to the two rear
panel standoffs.
11. Attach the color-coded output leads to the rear output binding posts. Use one washer
on each side of each connecting ring. Verify connections by checking the decal
mounted nearby or by matching lead color to the color on the front of the binding
post. (Of the eleven wires, four are clear-insulated shield wires. If necessary, refer to
page 4 of the Analog Motherboard schematic in Section 8 to determine these
connections.)
WCaution
Do not over tighten hardware on the binding posts. Torque in
excess of seven inch-pounds can damage a binding post.
Note that the I GUARD terminal is not connected at the front binding posts; cut away
the I GUARD thermal fit covering to connect this terminal at the rear binding posts.
Also, the AUX CURRENT ring terminal is not connected at the rear binding posts;
this terminal must be insulated and tied off.
12. Replace the rear panel back, the bottom guard cover, and top and bottom covers to
complete this procedure.
4-11
Service Manual
4-20. Installing a Wideband AC Module (Option -03)

WCaution
The Wideband option circuit board assemblies contain static-
sensitive components. Use caution to avoid static discharge
when handling the modules.
The procedure that follows can be used to install a 5700A-03 Wideband AC Voltage
module in a Calibrator. The option consists of two circuit board assemblies. This
procedure is to be done only at Service Centers.
1. Remove the top and bottom covers and analog section cover. (See ACCESS
PROCEDURES this section)
2. Referring to Figure 4-6, locate the slots for the Wideband Output Module (A5) and
the Wideband Oscillator Module (A6).
3. Make sure the cable supplied with the Wideband option is connected between the
Wideband Output and Wideband Oscillator assemblies.
4. Uncoil the internal wideband output cable one turn from the Calibrator chassis and
connect it to the coaxial connector on the Wideband Output Module. Make sure the
cable is routed in such a way as to avoid shorting to ground when the board is
installed in the chassis.
5. Install the Wideband Output and Wideband Oscillator Modules and lock the nylon
ears.
6. Run the Wideband Gains Calibration procedure as described in Section 3.
7. Perform the Wideband Flatness Calibration procedure as described in Section 3. The
Wideband option is now installed and ready for use.
4-21. Clearing Ghost Images from the Control Display

After prolonged periods of displaying the same message on the Control Display, you may
notice a non-uniform brightness of pixels across the display. This phenomenon can be
cleared up by lighting up the whole display and leaving it on overnight (or at least several
hours). Proceed as follows to burn in the Control Display:
1. Turn on the Calibrator and press the "Setup Menus" softkey.
2. Press the "Self Test & Diags" softkey.
3. Press the "5700 Self Diags" softkey.
4. Press the "Front Panel Tests" softkey.
5. Under the "Display" label, press the "Control" softkey.
6. Press the "All On" softkey. This causes all Control Display pixels to light. Press the
RESET key or press PREV MENU six times to return to normal operation after an
overnight or equivalent burn in period.
4-22. Replacing the Clock/Calendar Backup Battery

To replace the lithium button-type battery on the CPU Assembly (A20), proceed as
follows:
1. Make sure the power is off and the line power cord disconnected.
4-12
Maintenance
Using Remote Commands Reserved for Servicing 4
2. Follow the access procedures to remove the digital side cover.
3. Remove the CPU Assembly (A20).
4. Desolder and remove battery BT1.
5. Solder a replacement battery in place (refer to the parts list for replacement
information if necessary.)
6. Replace the CPU Assembly. After replacing the battery, the setting of the time and
date the elapsed time counter (read by the remote query ETIME? and set by ETIME)
will need to be reprogrammed.
4-23. Using Remote Commands Reserved for Servicing

This information documents remote commands not described in the 5700A/5720A Series
II Operator Manual, Section 5. The commands described here are useful for servicing the
instrument.
4-24. Using the ETIME Command

The ETIME remote command is the companion to ETIME?, the elapsed time query,
which is documented in the Operator Manual. The ETIME? query tells you how many
minutes the Calibrator has been in the power on state since the instrument was built. If
you replace the CPU Assembly (A20), the clock/calendar battery (BT1), or the
clock/calendar IC (U33), you will lose the setting of ETIME. The ETIME command
gives you a way to set this counter to where it was before servicing the instrument. (If
possible, read the counter first using ETIME?.) The syntax for this remote command is as
follows:
ETIME
Description:
Sets the elapsed time counter to any number of minutes from 0 to 2,147,483,647. The
setting of this counter is read by the ETIME? query, described in the 5700A/5720A
Series II Operator Manual. (Sequential command.)
Parameter:
1. SET_TO
2. Integer, number of minutes
Example:
ETIME SET_TO, 4628000
Using The Fatality? and Fatalclr Commands

The FATALITY? query recovers fault codes that were logged when a fatal problem
occurred. These faults are logged into a separate fault queue. Once the faults are read
from the queue, you can clear the queue by sending the FATALCLR command. The
syntax for these remote commands are as follows:
4-13
Service Manual
FATALITY?
Description:
Returns the list of the fatal faults logged since the list was last cleared by the
FATALCLR command. (Sequential command.)
Parameter:
None
Response:
(String) The list of faults, one per line in the following format:
<date> <time> <fault code> <fault description string> <EOL>
Example:
"8/30/88 6:33:49 Fault
8/30/88 6:34:05 Fault
8/30/88 6:34:12 Fault
8/30/88 6:34:13 Fault
8/30/88 6:34:14 Fault
8/30/88 6:34:15 Fault
8/30/88 6:34:16 Fault
FATLCLR?
Description:
Clears the list of the fatal faults logged since the list was last cleared by the FATALCLR
command. The list is read by the FATALITY? query. (Sequential command.)
Parameter:
None
4-14
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
4-25. Fault Codes
100-Level Faults: Air Flow Monitoring Subsystem
100 Low Air Flow
200-Level Faults: 5725 Boost System
200 5725 No Error
201 5725 Self-Test ROM Failure
202 5725 Self-Test RAM Failure
203 5725 Self-Test EEPROM Failure
204 5725 Self-Test Data Bus Failure
205 5725 Self-Test CLAMPS Circuit Failure
206 5725 Self-Test HVCLR Circuit Failure
207 5725 Self-Test DAC Failure
208 5725 Self-Test Watchdog Timer Failure
209 5725 Current Heatsink Too Hot
210 Output Tripped To Standby
211 5725 Current Compliance Voltage Too High
212 5725 Current Compliance Voltage Too High
213 5725 +400V Supply Did Not Shut Off
214 5725 -400V Supply Did Not Shut Off
215 5725 Voltage Heatsink Too Hot
216 5725 Voltage Heatsink Too Hot
217 5725 +400V Supply Too Small
218 5725 +400V Supply Too Large
219 5725 -400V Supply Too Large
220 5725 -400V Supply Too Small
221 5725 +400V Supply Current Too High
223 5725 -400V Supply Current Too High
225 5725 Fan Not Working
226 5725 CLAMPS Fault
228 5725 Software TRAP
229 5725 Cable Was Off
4-15
Service Manual
230 5725 RESET (power-up or watchdog timer)
231 5725 Guard-Crossing Timeout
232 5725 Illegal/Unexecutable Command
233 5725 Non-Maskable Interrupt Occurred
234 5725 HVCLEAR Circuit Activated
400-Level Faults: Calibration Constant Subsystem
400 Bad Cal Constant ID
500-Level Faults: Configuration Finder Subsystem
500 Bad Mode To CNFmodeRanges
501 Configuration Table Overflow
502 Bad Amplifier Type Selection
503 Bad Flat Constant Type Selection
504 Bad Flat Constant Type In Table
505 5725 Guard Crossing Wouldn't Start
600-Level Faults: Dot Matrix Display Driver Subsystem
600 Bad Row Selector
601 Bad Column Argument
602 Bad Character
800-Level Faults: Executive Subsystem
800 Wideband Module Needed
801 Amplifier Not Selected Or Connected
802 Amplifier Must Remain On For This Output
803 Over Limits Of Locked Range
804 Under Limits Of Locked Range
806 Invalid Date

807 Invalid Time
808 DC dBm Not Allowed
809 Ext Ref Value Out Of Range
810 Bad Edit Digit Movement
811 Not Wideband Units
812 Cannot Set Frequency With Ohms
813 Bad Units
814 Wrong Polarity For Limit
4-16
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
815 Outside Entry Limits
816 Magnitude Too Large For Calibrator
817 Magnitude Too Small For Calibrator
818 Frequency Too Large For Calibrator
819 Frequency Too Small For Calibrator
820 Calibrator Cannot Source That Value
821 V Limit Outside Calibrator Ability
822 I Limit Outside Calibrator Ability

823 Cannot Adjust Frequency To <<= 0 Hz
824 Offset Not Allowed Now
825 Scale Not Allowed Now
826 Ohms Reading Set Too High
827 Ohms Reading Set Too Low
828 Cannot Use External Sense Now
829 Cannot Use Phase Shift Now
830 Cannot Use Phase Lock Now
831 Cannot Use 2-ire Comp Now
832 Could not Do Default Wideband Output
833 Bad Selector For Set/Get Item
834 Cannot Boost This Output Mode
835 Cannot Use Ext Sense On Selected Range
836 Cannot Use 2 Wire Comp On Selected Range
837 Cannot Lock This Range
838 Cannot Set Clock, Rear Switch In NORMAL
839 Cannot Fmt EEPROM, Rear Switch In NORMAL
840 Illegal Output Post For Current

841 No 5725 Available For Selected Output
842 Not A Valid Wideband Flatness Point
843 Wideband Flatness Cal Is Not Active
844 Report String Too Long
845 Cannot Store, Rear Switch In NORMAL
846 Range Calibration Is Not Active
847 Magnitude Too High For Range Cal
848 Magnitude Too Low For Range Cal
4-17
Service Manual
849 Invalid Calibrator Setup Block

850 Cannot Format, 5725 Switch In NORMAL
851 Cannot Store, 5725 Switch In NORMAL
852 Calibration Steps Out Of Order
853 Cannot Use External Guard Now
854 Cannot Use Ext Guard On Selected Range
855 Cannot Set String, Rear Switch in NORMAL
856 Present Output Exceeds Selected Limit
857 Bad Selector For Reference Calibration
858 Cannot Change Range Now
859 Hardware Not Installed For This Range
860 Cannot Use Amplifier For This Output
861 5725 Cannot Ext Sense At That Frequency
900-Level Faults: Keyboard Driver Subsystem
900 Keyboard Output Queue Full
1000-Level Faults: 5725 Communication Receive Subsystem
1000 Could not ACK Packet From 5725
1001 Illegal 5725 Receive Task State

1002 Bad Receive Packet Number From 5725
1003 Bad Control Byte From 5725
1100-Level Faults: 5725 Communication Transmit Subsystem
1100 Multiple Timeouts Sending To 5725
1101 5725 Request Reset Loop
1102 Unexpected NSA From 5725
1103 Bad Packet Number In ACK From 5725
1104 Bad Control Byte From 5725 Receive Task
1105 Illegal 5725 Transmit Task State

1106 5725 Indefinite ACKWAIT Holdoff
1200-Level Faults: 5725 Communication Utility Subsystem
1200 Serial Write Failure To 5725
1201 Packet Too Large For 5725
1300-Level Faults: Output Monitor Subsystem
1300 Undefined Signal
4-18
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
1303 DC Zero Calibration is Needed (Every 30 Days)
1400-Level Faults: Software Timer Subsystem
1400 Cannot Install MTtick()
1401 Bad Timer Selector
1500-Level Faults: Guard Crossing Receive Subsystem
1500 Could not ACK Packet From Inguard
1501 Illegal Inguard Receive Task State

1502 Bad Receive Packet Number From Inguard
1503 Bad Control Byte From Inguard
1600-Level Faults: Guard Crossing Transmit Subsystem
1600 Multiple Timeouts Sending To Inguard
1601 Inguard Request Reset Loop

1602 Unexpected NSA From Inguard
1603 Bad Packet Number In ACK From Inguard
1604 Bad Control Byte From Inguard Rcv Task
1605 Illegal Inguard Transmit Task State

1606 Inguard Indefinite ACKWAIT Holdoff
1700-Level Faults: Guard Crossing Utility Subsystem
1700 Serial Write Failure To Inguard
1701 Packet Too Large For Inguard
1800-Level Faults: Normal Output Operations Subsystem
1800 DORMANT To OPERATE
1801 Bad Transition Type
1802 Bad Boolean Selector
1803 NRMrngStby Encountered Error
1804 DCV Called For Non-DCV Range
1805 ACV Called For Non-ACV Range
1806 Bad ACV Frequency Range
1807 Hi Res Frequency Too High
1808 ACV Amplitude Correction Failure
1809 Cannot Phase Lock To Signal
1810 Bad Phase Quadrant
1811 Current Called for Non-Current Range
4-19
Service Manual
1812 Ohms Called for Non-Ohms Range
1813 Cannot Phase Lock, Output Not AC
1814 Cannot Phase Shift, Output Not AC
1815 Bad Wide Band Range
1816 Freq. Too High Even For Wide Band
1817 Illegal Current Output Location

1818 Output Current Out Of Tolerance
1819 Current Compliance Voltage Exceeded
1820 2-Wire Compensation Current Exceeded
1821 NRMbstcur Passed Bad Range
1822 5220 No Longer Connected
1823 5220 Detected Fault And Shut Off
1825 5205 Detected Fault And Shut Off
1827 14 Bit DAC Scaling Found Zero Output
1900-Level Faults: Non-Volatile Subsystem
1900 Could not Write Byte To EEPROM
1901 Checksum Error Reading EEPROM
1902 EEPROM Is Full
1903 Unknown Nonvolatile Constant Selector
1904 EEPROM Partition Is Full
1905 Could not Write Byte To 5725 EEPROM
1906 Checksum Error Reading 5725 EEPROM
4-20
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
2000-Level Faults: Analog Operations Manager Subsystem
2000 Bad Command Code
2001 Bad Signal
2002 Long Term Command In Progress
2003 Guard Crossing Protocol Failed To Start
2004 Fatal Fault, Output Tripped
2005 Tripped While Calibrating or Diagnosing
2100-Level Faults: Output Display Driver Subsystem
2100 Bad Display Selector
2101 Bad Character
2102 Bad Annunciator Selector
2200-Level Faults: Remote Interface Subsystem
2200 Unknown Command
2201 Invalid Number Of Parameters

2202 Invalid Cal Constant Name
2203 Invalid Keyword
2204 Invalid Range
2205 Invalid Parameter Type
2206 Invalid Parameter Unit
2207 Invalid Parameter Value
2208 IEEE488.2 I/O DEADLOCK
2209 Spare
2210 IEEE488.2 INTERRUPTED Query

2211 Not Allowed From GPIB Interface
2212 Not Allowed From Serial Interface
2213 Remote Only
2214 Invalid Syntax

2215 IEEE488.2 UNTERMINATED Command
2216 Symbol Table Overflow
2217 Command Reserved For Service
2218 Invalid Binary Number

2219 Invalid Binary Block
2220 Invalid Character
4-21
Service Manual
2221 Invalid Decimal Number

2222 Invlaid Hexadecimal Block
2223 Invalid Hexadecimal Number
2224 Too Many Parameters
2225 Invalid Octal Number

2226 Too Many Characters
2227 Invalid String

2228 Invalid Register Address
2229 Invalid Cal Constant Name
2230 Remote Serial Port Dead
2231 IEEE488.2 Query After Indef Response

2300-Level Faults: Executive Subsystem
2300 Unknown Report Requested
2301 Unknown Report Device Requested
2302 Serial Port Timeout
2400-Level Faults: Real Time Clock Subsystem
2400 Cannot Install Interrupt Handler
2401 Unknown Interrupt Selector
2402 Bad Date & Cannot Be Set
2500-Level and 2600-Level Faults: Self Calibration Subsystem
2500 Invalid Cal Procedure Number

2501 Could not Ext Cal Gain
2502 Could not Ext Cal Ref
2503 Could not Ext Cal Neg
2504 Could not Cal Ratio
2505 Could not Cal Pos 11V or 22V DC Zero
2506 Could not Cal Neg 11V or 22V DC Zero
2507 Could not Cal Pos 11V or 22V DC Gain
2508 Could not Cal 6.5V or 13V Buf Ref
2509 Could not Cal 2.2V Zero
2510 Could not Cal 220 mV Gain S1
4-22
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
2514 Could not Cal 220V DC Offset
2515 Could not Cal 220V DC Rnet
2516 Could not Cal 220V DC Gain
2517 Could not Cal ACV Gain
2518 Flatness Cal: Main Sensor Fail?
2519 Flatness Cal: AC Cal Sensor Fail?
2520 Could not Cal Fine Tune (14 bit) DAC
2521 Could not Cal Fine Tune 15th bit Down
2522 Could not Cal Fine Tune 15th bit Up
2523 Could not Cal 2.2 mV/22 mV step 1
2524 Could not Cal 2.2 mV/22 mV step 2
2525 Could not Cal 220V AC Offset
2526 Could not Cal 220V AC Gain
2527 Could not Cal 220 mV Offset
2528 Could not Cal 1100V AC/DC Offset
2529 Could not Cal 1100V AC/DC Gain
2530 Could not Cal 220 µA DC Zero
2531 Could not Cal 2.2 mA DC Zero
2532 Could not Cal 22 mA DC Zero
2533 Could not Cal 220 mA DC Zero
2534 Could not Cal 2.2A DC Zero
2535 Could not Cal 220 µA DCI (Meas 1)
2536 Could not Cal 220 µA DCI (Meas 2)
2537 Could not Cal 2.2 mA DCI (Meas 1)
2538 Could not Cal 2.2 mA DCI (Meas 2)
2539 Could not Cal 22 mA DCI (Meas 1)
2543 Could not Cal 2.2A DCI (Meas 1)
2544 Could not Cal 2.2A DCI (Meas 2)
2545 Could not Ext Cal 10K Ohm Std (Meas 1)
4-23
Service Manual
2548 Could not Cal 10K Ohm (Meas 1)
2558 Could not Cal 1M Ohm (Meas 1)
2560 Could not Cal 1.9M Ohm (Meas 1)
2561 Could not Cal 1.9M Ohm (Meas 2)
2569 Could not Cal 1.9K Ohm (Meas 1)
2570 Could not Cal 1.9K Ohm (Meas 2)
2571 Could not Cal 100 Ohm (Meas 1)
2575 Could not Cal Ohms Divider (Meas 1)
2576 Could not Cal Ohms Divider (Meas 2)
4-24
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
2581 Could not Ext Cal 1 Ohm (0.26V CM Meas)
2582 Could not Ext Cal 1 Ohm (Ext Meas)
2583 Could not Ext Cal 1 Ohm (0.13V CM Meas)
2584 Could not Ext Cal 1 Ohm (Int Meas)
2585 Could not Ext Cal 1.9 Ohm (0.18V CM Meas)
2586 Could not Ext Cal 1.9 Ohm (0.12V CM Meas)
2587 Could not Ext Cal 1.9 Ohm (Int Meas)
2588 Could not Cal Wideband Gain
2589 Bad Cal Step Selector
2590 A/D Appears To Have Failed
2591 User Range Gain Adjustment Is 0
2592 Stored User Range Gain Adjust Is 0
2593 220 µA AC Flatness Calibration Failed
2594 2.2 mA AC Flatness Calibration Failed
2595 22 mA AC Flatness Calibration Failed
2596 220 mA AC Flatness Calibration Failed
2597 Bad Range Number For IAC Flatness Cal
2598 No Data For DCI Calibration
2599 2.2V AC Flat Early Fail
2600 2.2V AC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor?
2601 2.2V AC Flat Diverge
2602 22V AC Flat Early Fail
2603 22V AC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor?
2604 22V AC Flat Diverge
2611 220 µA IAC Flat Early Fail
4-25
Service Manual
2612 220 µA IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor?
2613 220 µA IAC Flat Diverge
2614 2.2 mA IAC Flat Early Fail
2615 2.2 mA IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor?
2616 2.2 mA IAC Flat Diverge
2617 22 mA IAC Flat Early Fail
2618 22 mA IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor?
2619 22 mA IAC Flat Diverge
2620 220 mA IAC Flat Early Fail
2621 220 mA IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor?
2622 220 mA IAC Flat Diverge
2623 2.2A IAC Flat Early Fail
2624 2.2A IAC Flat Bad AC Cal Sensor?
2625 2.2A IAC Flat Diverge
2626 Illegal Ohms Null Function State

2627 Unknown Source Divider Identifier
2628 No Data For Ohms Calibration
2629 Illegal Ohms Calibration Config

2630 Illegal Number Of Ohms Cal Points
2631 5725 Shunt 0A Meas Fail
2632 5725 Shunt 1.3A Meas Fail
2633 5725 Current Amplifier Zero Meas Fail
2634 5725 Current Amplifier Gain Meas Fail
2635 Wideband Thermal Sensor Cal Diverge
2636 Wideband Sensor Amp Offset Too Big
2637 Wideband Ext Cal Point Bad Const ID
2638 5725 ACV Sense Amp Offset Diverge
2639 5725 ACV Sense Amp Gain Diverge
2640 5725 ACV Flatness Ref Freq Failure
2641 5725 ACV Flatness Cal Freq Failure
2642 External V Reference Value Out Of Range
2643 5725 Diagnostic DAC Cal Didn't Converge
2644 Spare
4-26
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
2645 Spare
2646 DAC Appears To Not Meet Linearity Spec
2647 ACV Buffer Offset Too Large
2648 5725 ACV Flat Test Cap Too Large
2649 5725 ACV Flat Test Cap Too Large
2700-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Current)
2700 A7: 8255 Control Word
2701 A7: 8255 Port A Fault
2702 A7: 8255 Port B Fault
2703 A7: 8255 Port C Fault
2705 A7: Oven Regulation Fault
2706 A7: Current Compliance Fault
2707 A7: Hardware Initialization Fault
2709 A7: Current Magnitude Fault
2710 A7: Dummy Load Current Fault
2711 Assembly A7 Is Not Responding
2712 A7: Hi-Res Clock Fault
2713 A7: Hi-Res Loop Fault In 100HZ Range
2714 A7: Hi-Res Loop Fault In 1KHZ Range
2717 A7: Hi-Res Loop Fault In 1MHZ Range
2718 Fault In Setting Up AC For Diagnostics
2719 A7: 8255 Was Reset
2800-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (DAC)
2801 A11: 8255 Port A Wires
2802 A11: 8255 Port B Data Bus
2803 A11: 82C54 Status Words
2804 A11: DAC Heaters Not Regulated
2805 5700 Not Warmed Up
2806 A11: ADC Amp Output Noise
4-27
Service Manual
2807 A11: ADC Amp Output Offset
2808 A11: ADC Amp Gain Error
2809 A11: DAC Monitoring Fault
2810 A11: +11V DC Range Fault
2811 A11: -11V DC Range Fault
2812 A11: +22V DC Range Fault
2813 A11: -22V DC Range Fault
2814 A11: 6.5V Buffered Reference Fault
2815 A11: 6.5V Reference Fault
2816 A11: 13V Buffered Reference Fault
2817 A11: 13V Reference Fault
2818 Assembly A11 Missing
2819 A11: 8255 Was Reset
2820 A11: Fine Adjust Channel Fault
2821 A8/A11: +11/22V DC Zero Estimate Fault
2822 A8/A11: -11/22V DC Zero Estimate Fault
2823 A11: Could not Estimate +11V Or 22V Gain
2824 A11: Could not Estimate 6.5V Or 13V Ref
2825 A11: Could not Estimate 6.5V Or 13V Buf Ref
2826 A11: A/D Overload Fault
3100-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (High Voltage)
3104 A15: HV Oven Regulation Fault
3105 A15: HV I Oven Regulation Fault
3106 A15: DC HV Amp Noise Fault
3107 A15: DC HV Amp Offset Fault
3108 A15: DC HV Amp Gain Fault
3109 A15: HV +DC Preamplifier Fault
3110 A15: HV +DC Series Pass & Current Fault
3111 A15: HV +DC High Voltage Output Fault
4-28
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
3112 A15: HV +DC Ref/Error Amplitude Fault
3113 A15: HV -DC Preamplifier Fault
3114 A15: HV -DC Series Pass & Current Fault
3115 A15: HV -DC High Voltage output Fault
3116 A15: HV -DC Reference/Error Amp Fault
3117 A14/A15: HV +DC Current Error Amp Fault
3118 A14/A15: HV -DC Current Error Amp Fault
3119 A14/A15: HV +DC Current Abs. Value
3120 A14/A15: HV -DC Current Abs. Value
3122 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Preamp Fault (lo)
3123 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Preamp Fault (mid)
3124 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Preamp Fault (hi)
3125 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Preamp Fault (lo)
3126 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Preamp Fault
3127 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Preamp Fault (hi)
3128 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Output Fault (lo)
3129 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Output Fault (mid)
3130 A14/A15: HV AC 1KHZ, Output Fault (hi)
3131 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Output Fault (lo)
3132 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Output Fault (mid)
3133 A14/A15: HV AC 100HZ, Output Fault (hi)
3135 Assembly A14 Not Responding
3136 A14: 8255 Was Reset
3137 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A AC Range Mag. Fault
3138 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A AC Range Compliance
3139 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A AC Range Amplitude
3140 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A AC Range Abs. Value
3141 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A DC Range Dummy Load
3142 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A DC Range Compliance
3143 A14/A15/A16: 2.2A DC Range Magnitude
4-29
Service Manual
3200-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (misc)
3200 Assemblies Missing
3201 Unknown Diagnostic Test
3202 5725 ACV Sense Amp Fault
3203 5725 ACV Standby 5725 Fault
3204 5725 ACV Operate 5725 Fault
3205 5725 ACV Cal Sensor Test Died
3206 5725 ACV Cal Sensor Fault
3207 5725 ACV VLF (100 Hz) Won't Converge
3208 5725 ACV LF (1 kHz) Won't Converge
3209 5725 ACV MF (10 kHz) Won't Converge
3210 5725 ACV HF (100 kHz) Won't Converge
3211 5725 Current Path To Shunt Open
3212 5725 Shunt Sense Open
3213 5725 Shunt Measurement Out Of Tolerance
3214 5725 Current Amplifier Offset Too Large
3215 5725 Current Drive Path Open
3216 5725 Current Error Amplifier Failure
3217 5725 Amplifer Not Connected
3300-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Ohms)
3304 A9: 10V Source Fault
3308 A9: Diff Amp Offset Fault
3309 A9: Diff Amp Gain Fault
3310 A9: Diff Amp Noise Fault
3311 A9/A10: Ohms 10:1 Divider Fault
3312 A9/A10: Ohms 1:1 Divider Fault
4-30
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
3313 A9/A10: 10K Ohm Diagnostic Fault
3314 A9/A10: 19K Ohm Cal Diag Fault
3315 A9/A10: 10 Ohm Cal Diag Fault
3317 A9/A10: 100K Ohm Ratio Fault
3318 A9/A10: 190K Ohm Ratio Fault
3319 A9/A10: 1M Ohm Ratio Fault
3320 A9/A10: 1.9M Ohm Ratio Fault
3322 A9/A10: 19M Ohm Ratio Fault 1
3323 A9/A10: 19M Ohm Ratio Fault 2
3325 A9/A10: 10K Ohm Check Fault
3328 A9/A10: 1.9K Ohm Check Fault
3329 A9/A10: 100 Ohm Check Fault
3334 A9/A10: 1.9 Ohm Check Fault
3335 A9/A10: Ohms Short Check Fault
3336 A9/A10: 2 Wire Compensation Fault
3337 A9/A10: Ohms Correction Factor Fault
3339 A9: 8255 Was Reset
4-31
Service Manual
3400-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Oscillator)
3401 A12: 8255 Port A
3402 A12: 8255 Port B
3403 A12: 8255 Port C
3405 A13: 8255 Port A
3406 A13: 8255 Port B
3407 A13: 8255 Port C
3408 A13: Fixed Ampl. Osc Fault
3409 A13: Phase Lock Loop Fault
3410 A12/A13: 22V Amp Bias Adj Error
3411 A12/A13: 22V Amp Nonfunctional
3412 A12 To A13 Interface Fault
3413 A12/A13: 14 bit DAC Nonfunctional
3414 A12/A13: Nonlinear Control Loop 2Vrng
3415 A12/A13: nonlinear Control Loop 20Vrng
3416 A12/A13: DAC 15th Bit Fault
3417 A12: DC Sensor Buffer Fault
3418 A12: Sensor Loop/Sq. Root Amp Fault
3419 A12: AC Sensor Buff (2V Range)
3420 A12: AC Sensor Buff (20V Range)
3421 A12: AC Cal Sensor (2V Range)
3422 A12: AC Cal Sensor (20V Range)
3425 Assembly A12 Or A13 Not Responding
3426 A12: 8255 Was Reset
3427 A13: 8255 Was Reset
4-32
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
3500-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Power Amp)
3501 A16: 8255 Port A
3502 A16: 8255 Port B
3503 A16: 8255 Port C
3507 A16: PA Supplies Are Off
3508 A16/A14: 220V AC Range Output Fault
3509 A16: Amplifier Loop Not Regulated
3510 A16: 220V Amp Fault
3511 A16: Incorrect PA Input
3520 A16: PA Oven Regulation Fault
3521 Assembly A16 Is Not Responding
3524 A16: Power Amp Is Too Hot
3525 220V DC Initialization Fault
3526 220V AC Initialization Fault
3527 A16: Power Amp DC Cal Network Zero Fault
3528 A16: Power Amp DC Cal Network Gain Fault
3529 A16: Pwr Amp 220V Range Attenuator Fault
3530 A16: 8255 Was Reset
3600-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Power Supplies)
3600 +17S Supply Fault
3601 -17S Supply Fault
3606 LH COM Ground Fault
3607 -5LH Supply Fault
3608 5RLH Supply Fault
3609 8RLH Supply Fault
3610 +PASupply Fault
3611 -PASupply Fault
3612 +15 OSC Supply Fault
4-33
Service Manual
3613 -15 OSC Supply Fault
3614 OSC COM Ground Fault
3615 S COM Ground Fault
3700-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Rear I/O)
3705 A21: Rear Panel Data Bus Fault
3708 A21: 8255 Was Reset
3800-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Switch Matrix)
3804 A8: Zero Amp Lo Noise Fault
3805 A8: Zero Amp Lo Offset
3806 A8: Zero Amp Lo Gain Fault
3807 A8: Zero Amp Hi Noise Fault
3808 A8: Zero Amp Hi Offset
3809 A8: Zero Amp Hi Gain Fault
3810 A8: 2.2V Amp Noise Fault
3811 A8: Zero Amp Offset
3812 A8: 2.2V Gain Fault
3813 A8: 220mV Offset Fault
3814 A8: 220mV Divider Fault
3815 A8: 22mV Divider Fault
3818 A8: Out Lo To Sense Lo Continuity Fault
3819 A8: Relay Fault
3824 A8: Oven Regulation Fault
4-34
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
3826 A8: 8255 Was Reset
3827 Assembly A8 Too Hot
3900-Level Faults: Self Diagnostics Subsystem (Wideband)
3904 Optional Assemblies A5/A6 Are Missing
3905 A6: Phase Lock Loop Fault
3906 A6: Phase Lock Loop Fault At 30Mhz
3907 A5: RMS Sensor Fault
3908 A5: RMS Sensor Fault At 30Mhz
3909 A5: RMS Sensor Fault At 6.5V DC in
3910 A5/A6: Ampl. Control Fault
3911 A5/A6: Ampl. Control Fault At 30Mhz
3912 A5/A6: Output Offset Fault
3913 A5/A6: Output Offset Fault At 30Mhz
3914 A5: 0DB Output Attenuation Fault
3922 A5/A6: Wideband Initialization Fault
3923 A5: 8255 Was Reset
4000-Level Faults: Analog Sequencing Subsystem
4000 Bad Sequence ID
4001 Over Nested Subsequences
4002 Bad Sequence Command Code
4003 Bad Reply Size From Inguard
4004 Reply From Inguard Too Small
4005 False MSG Semaphore from Inguard
4006 Inguard CPU POP
4-35
Service Manual
4007 Inguard CPU Reset

4008 Inguard CPU A/D Timeout
4009 Inguard CPU Timed Out On Main CPU
4010 Inguard CPU Detected A Command Error
4011 Bad Y5000 Get/Set Selector
4012 Sequencer Timed Out Waiting For Inguard
4013 Illegal Analog State Command For 5725

4014 Sequencer Timed Out Waiting for 5725
4015 Could not Queue Command To 5725 BX
4016 Reply From 5725 Was Garbled
4100-Level Faults: Serial Interface Driver Subsystem
4100 Bad Virtual channel
4101 Framing
4102 Input Queue Overflow

4103 Overrun
4104 Parity
4105 Uart Failed Self Test
4106 Serial Port 0
4107 Serial Port 1
4108 Guard Crossing UART
4109 Serial Port 3
4110 Remote Interface UART
4111 Boost Crossing UART
4200-Level Faults: Instrument State Manager Subsystem
4200 Bad Boolean Value Selector
4201 Meaningless Target State Value
4202 Meaningless Actual State Value
4203 Mystery Target/Actual State Difference
4-36
Maintenance
Fault Codes 4
4300-Level Faults: Self Test Subsystem
4301 ROM Checksum
4302 RAM
4303 Real Time Clock
4304 Keyboard
4305 Output Display
4306 Control Display
4307 IEEE488
4308 Rear Panel DUART
4309 Guard Crossing DUART
4310 Interrupt Hardware

4311 Inguard CPU ROM Fault
4312 Inguard CPU RAM Fault
4313 Front Panel Refresh Fault
4400-Level Faults: General Purpose Utility Subsystem
4400 Invalid Command

4500-Level Faults: Analog Value Finder Subsystem
4500 VFdcDac Value Out Of DAC Range
4501 Bad Range Selector
4502 Non-Vfinder Range
4503 Bad DAC ICALL
4504 User Range Adjust of 0 (I used 1)
4505 Divide By 0 In (VF)correct
4600-Level Faults: Watch Dog Monitoring Subsystem
4600 Watchdog Timed Out
4700-Level Faults: Operating Kernel Subsystem
4700 Kstart Returned
4701 Task Termination
4702 No Signal Handler
4703 Ksuspend( ) When Not RUNNING
4704 Ksleep( ) When Not RUNNING
4705 Kevwait( ) When Not RUNNING
4-37
Service Manual
4-38
Chapter 5
List of Replaceable Parts
Title Page
5-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 5-3

5-2. How to Obtain Parts.............................................................................. 5-3
5-3. Service Centers ..................................................................................... 5-3
5-4. Parts List ............................................................................................... 5-3
5-1
Service Manual
5-2
Introduction 5
5-1. Introduction
This section contains an illustrated list of replaceable parts for the 5700A/5720A Series
II. Where applicable, parts differences are indicated between the 5700A and 5720A. For
example, Table 5-1 indicates MP36 (nameplate) is PN 600723 for a 5700A or PN 600759
for a 5720A. Parts are listed by assembly; alphabetized by reference designator. Each
assembly is accompanied by an illustration showing the location of each part and its
reference designator. The parts lists give the following information:
• Reference designator
• An indication if the part is subject to damage by static discharge
• Description
• Fluke stock number
• Total quantity
• Any special notes (i.e., factory-selected part)
WCaution
A * symbol indicates a device that may be damaged by static
discharge.
5-2. How to Obtain Parts

Electrical components may be ordered directly from the manufacturer by using the
manufacturer's part number, or from Fluke Corporation and its authorized representatives
by using the part number under the heading FLUKE STOCK NO. Parts price
information is available from the Fluke Corporation or its representatives. Prices are also
available in a Fluke Replacement Parts Catalog which is available on request.
In the event that the part ordered has been replaced by a new or improved part, the
replacement will be accompanied by an explanatory note and installation instructions, if
necessary.
To ensure prompt delivery of the correct part, include the following information when
you place an order:
• Instrument model and serial number
• Part number and revision level of the pca containing the part
• Reference designator
• Fluke stock number
• Description (as given under the DESCRIPTION heading)
• Quantity
Refer to Contacting Fluke earlier in this manual for more information.
5-3. Service Centers

To locate a service center, use the information located in Contacting Fluke earlier in this
manual.
5-4. Parts List

The following pages contain the module-level parts lists for the 5700A/5720A Series II
Calibrators.
5-3
Service Manual
Table 5-1. Front Panel Final Assembly
Reference Fluke Stock

Description Tot Qty Notes
Designator No
A1 * KEYBOARD PCA 761049 1
A2 * FRONT PANEL PCA 761031 1
A3 * ANALOG MOTHERBOARD PCA 761023 1
A4 * DIGITAL MOTHERBOARD PCA 760942 1
A7 * CURRENT/HIGHT RESOLUTION OSCILLTOR. PCA 764613 1
A8 * SWITCH MATRIX PCA 761106 1
A9 * OHMS,CAL PCA 775395 1
A10 * OHMS,MAIN PCA 761114 1
A11 * DAC PCA 761122 1
A12 * OSCILLATOR CONTROL PCA 761130 1
A13 * OSCILLATOR OUTPUT, PCA 761148 1
A14 * HIGH VOLTAGE CONTROL PCA 775429 1
A15 * HIGH VOLTAGE/HIGH CURRENT PCA 761155 1
A16 * POWER AMPLIFIER PCA 761163 1
A17 * REGULATOR./GUARD CROSSING PCA 761171 1
A18 * FILTER/PA PCA 761189 1
A19 * DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY PCA 761056 1
A20 * CPU PCA (5700 Series I) 1591070 1
A20 * CPU PCA (5700 Series II) 1639013 1
A20 * CPU PCA (5720A) 1626228 1
A21 * REAR PANEL PCA 761221 1
A22 TRANSFORMER/MODULE ASSEMBLY 813527 1
CP1 ADAPTER,COAX,SMA(F),N(F) 516963 1
E1 JUMPER LINK,BINDING POST 190728 1
E2 GROUND STRIP,COPPER,1.00,.375,.030 854836 1
H5 SCREW,PH,P,THD FORM,STL,5-20,..312 494641 9
H20 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,4-40,.187 129882 4
H25 SCREW,CAP,SCKT,SS,8-32,.375 837575 4
H29 SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.250 769893 3
H43 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.375 334458 1
MP1 PANEL, FRONT, SHEET METAL 761437 1
MP2 SHIELD, DISPLAY PWB 764514 1
MP3 LENS, SHIELD 760843 1
MP4 DECAL, FRONT OUTPUT CABLE DIAGRAM 802967 1
MP6 GROMMET,EXTRUDED,POLYETHYLENE,.085 854351 1
MP14 BINDING POST-RED 886382 3
MP17 BINDING POST-BLACK 886379 2
MP19 BINDING POST-GREEN 886374 1
MP20 BINDING POST-BLUE 886366 1
MP21 ENCODER WHEEL 764548 1
MP22 FRONT PANEL, MOLDED 886325 1
MP23 KNOB, ENCODER, GREY 868794 1
MP24 KEYPAD,ELASTOMERIC 1586631 1
MP25 DECAL, POWER ON/OFF 886312 1
MP26 DECAL, KEYPAD 886304 1
MP27 DECAL, FRONT OUTPUT 886309 1
MP28 NUT, #8 LOW THERMAL 850334 8
MP35 LENS, DISPLAY 600756 1
MP36 NAMEPLATE SET, ELECTROFORM (MODEL 5700A) 600723 1
MP36 NAMEPLATE SET, ELECTROFORM (MODEL 5720A) 600759 1
MP37 HANDLE,INSTRUMENT 886333 2
TM1 5700A/5720 OPERATOR MANUAL 601622 1
TM2 5700A/5720A SERVICE MANUAL 601630 1
TM3 5700A/5720A SERIES GUIDE SET 601960 1
5-4
Parts List 5
5700A-T&B
f6-1.eps
Figure 5-1. Front Panel Final Assembly
5-5
Service Manual
Table 5-1. Chassis Final Assembly

Designator No
A22 TRANSFORMER/MODULE ASSEMBLY 813527 1 1
B1,B2 FAN/CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 761213 2
E1 BINDING HEAD, PLATED 102889 1
WF1 FUSE,.25X1.25,1.25A,250V,SLOW 109231 1
H1 INSULATOR, ANALOG BOTTOM 775361 1
H2 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.500 320051 9
H57 SCREW,FHU,P,LOCK,SS,6-32,.250 769893 17
H74 SCREW,PH,P,LOCK,STL,6-32,1.250 159756 8
H85 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.149,.375,.031 110270 4
H97 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.160,.281,.010 111005 10
H105 SCREW,TH,P,LOCK,STL,8-32,.250 853622 4
MP1 COVER, DIGITAL 775635 1
MP2 BOTTOM COVER, ANALOG BOX 874912 1
MP3 TOP COVER, ANALOG BOX 764522 1
MP4 RELAY BRACKET 761015 1
MP5 TOP COVER, INSTRUMENT 660941 1
MP6 BOTTOM COVER, INSTRUMENT 660944 1
MP7 SHROUD, CPU CABLE 813519 1
MP11 POWER BUTTON, ON/OFF 775338 1
MP12 BOTTOM FOOT, MOLDED, GRAY #7 868786 4
MP18 SIDE EXTRUSION 886288 2
MP20 ADHESIVE SIDE TRIM 698316 2
MP22 DECAL, CAUTION 240V 760926 2
MP23 DECAL, CAUTION 900V 760934 1
MP31 WASHER, LOW THERMAL #8 859939 16
MP45 INSERT EXTRUSION 886283 2
MP47 INSULATOR, DIGITAL MOTHERBOARD 761247 1
MP54 AIDE,PCB PULL 541730 2
MP108 FOOT,RUBBER,ADHES,GRY,.44 DIA,.20 THK 1601870 3
MP114 GROMMET,SLOT,RUBBER,.438,.062 853291 1
W1 CABLE, WIDEBAND TO FRONT PANEL 802785 1
1. Non-repairable part.
W Fuse part number 109231 in all units.
5-6
Parts List 5
5700A T&B
(1 of 2)
f61a1.eps
Figure 5-2. Chassis Final Assembly
5-7
Service Manual
5700A T&B
(2 of 2)
f61a2.eps
Figure 5-2. Chassis Final Assembly (cont)
5-8
Parts List 5
Table 5-1. Rear Panel Final Assembly

Designator No
F1 FUSE,.25X1.25,1.25A,250V,SLOW 851936 1
H1 FILTER, AIR 813493 1
MP1 REAR PANEL 886387 1
MP2 GROMMET,EXTRUDED,POLYETHYLENE,.085 854351 1
MP3 DECAL, REAR OUTPUT CABLE DIAGRRAM 886291 1
MP5 GROMMET,NYLON,NAT,.056X.150X.100X.155 285254 1
MP11 CONN ACC,MICRO-RIBBON,JACK SCREW 681940 2
MP13 CONN ACC,D-SUB,JACK SCREW,4-40 448092 8
MP21 ALUMINUM REAR OUTPUT HOUSING 885462 1
MP22 MOLDED HOUSING, REAR OUTPUT 886358 1
MP23 DECAL, REAR OUTPUT 886296 1
MP24 FILTER FRAME 886390 1
MP31 HANDLE,INSTRUMENT 886333 2
MP33 BINDING POST-RED 886382 2
MP35 BINDING POST-BLACK 886379 2
MP37 BINDING POST-BLUE 886366 1
MP38 BINDING POST-PURPLE 886361 1
MP43 WASHER,FLAT,SS,.119,.187,.010 853296 8
MP51 WASHER, LOW THERMAL 760892 4
MP55 NUT, LOW THERMAL 760876 2
MP106 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.191,.289,.010 111047 2
MP125 WASHER,FLAT,STL,.160,.281,.010 111005 6
W1 CORD,LINE,5-15/IEC,3-18AWG,SVT,7.5 FT06 284174 1
W2 AC LINE FILTER ASSY 775445 1
5-9
Service Manual
5700A-T&B
f61b.eps
Figure 5-3. Rear Panel Final Assembly
5-10

5700a Smeng0000

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

5700a Smeng0000

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

5700a Smeng0000

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

®

THIS WARRANTY IS BUYER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN LIEU OF

Fluke Corporation Fluke Europe B.V.

Chapter Title Page

1 Introduction and Specifications......................................................... 1-1

1-34. Wideband AC Voltage (Option 5700-03) Specifications................. 1-41

2 Theory of Operation ............................................................................ 2-1

3 Calibration and Verification................................................................ 3-1

3-33. AC Voltage Distortion Test.............................................................. 3-43

5 List of Replaceable Parts.................................................................... 5-1

Table Title Page

1-1. Auxiliary Amplifier Data ....................................................................................... 1-6

3-31. Wideband Accuracy at 1 kHz Test Record ............................................................ 3-64

Figure Title Page

1-1. Time and Costs: Calibrator Calibration.................................................................. 1-10

Declaration of the Manufacturer or Importer

Bescheinigung des Herstellers/Importeurs

Do Not Attempt to Operate if Protection May be Impaired

Do Not Service Alone

Use Care When Servicing With Power On

Disconnect power before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing components.

High voltage may still be present even after disconnecting power.

Free the Victim From the Live Conductor

Never Accept Ordinary and General Tests for Death

Treat the Victim

1-1. Introduction........................................................................................... 1-3

1-2. Contacting Fluke

1-3. About this Manual

1-4. How to Use this Manual

1-5. Wideband AC Voltage Module (Option 5700A-03)

1-6. Auxiliary Amplifiers

Table 1-1. Auxiliary Amplifier Data

Model Mode Range

5725A Amplifier AC V 220 to 1100V rms up to 70 mA, 40 Hz to 30 kHz

220 to 750V rms up to 70 mA, 30 kHz to 100 kHz

AC Amps 1 to 11A rms, 40 Hz to 10 kHz

1-8. Support Equipment and Services

1-10. 732B-200 Direct Volt Maintenance Program (U.S.A. Only)

1-11. 742A Series Resistance Standards

1-12. Wideband AC Module (Option 5700A-03) Calibration Support

1-13. Service Centers

1-14. The Components of the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator

1-15. Calibrating the 5700A/5720A Series II Calibrator

TRADITIONAL CALIBRATOR CALIBRATION

5700A/5720A SERIES II CALIBRATION

1-16. The Calibration Process

1-17. Establishing Traceability

1-18. Calibration Reports

1-19. Calibration Check

1-20. Developing a Performance History

1-21. Range Calibration

1-22. DC Zeros Calibration

1-24. Specification Confidence Levels

1-25. Using Absolute and Relative Uncertainty Specifications

1-26. Using Secondary Performance Specifications

43.2 cm (17 in)

6.35 cm (2.5 in)

1-28. Electrical Specifications

1-29. DC Voltage Specifications